· 2018-04-23 · handbook of courses specifications page 2 contents general chemistry i - chem...

440
Chemistry Programme Appendices Appendix: CHEM06

Upload: others

Post on 21-May-2020

3 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chemistry Programme

Appendices

Appendix: CHEM06

Page 2:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

HANDBOOK OF COURSES SPECIFICATIONS

Compulsory and Elective Courses for B. Sc. Chemistry Programme

College of Science – Department of Chemistry University of Hail

Page 3:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2

Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101 ...................................................................................................... 4

General Chemistry II - CHEM 102 ................................................................................................... 13 Instruments and Lab Safety - CHEM 115 ......................................................................................... 22 Chemical Thermodynamics - CHEM 262 ......................................................................................... 29 Organic chemistry I – CHEM 273 .................................................................................................... 37 Organic Chemistry II - CHEM 274 ................................................................................................... 46

Practical Organic Chemistry 1 – CHEM 275 .................................................................................... 56 Chemistry of Main Group Elements -CHEM 286 ............................................................................. 65 Chemistry of Transition Metals - CHEM 287 ................................................................................... 74 Volumetric and Gravimetric Analysis - CHEM 293 ......................................................................... 82 Method of Spectroscopic Analysis - CHEM 294 .............................................................................. 92

Nano-Chemistry - CHEM 310 ........................................................................................................ 101 Biochemistry CHEM 312 ................................................................................................................ 108

Green Chemistry – CHEM 314 ....................................................................................................... 118 Biochemistry II - CHEM 318 .......................................................................................................... 126

Industrial Chemistry - CHEM 319 .................................................................................................. 135 Electrochemistry - CHEM 366 ........................................................................................................ 143

Practical Physical Chemistry 1 - CHEM 367 .................................................................................. 151 Chemical Kinetics - CHEM 368 ..................................................................................................... 158 Physical Chemistry of Polymers - CHEM 369 ............................................................................... 166

Organic Reaction Mechanism – CHEM 371 ................................................................................... 173 Organic Spectroscopy - CHEM376 ................................................................................................. 182

Polymer Chemistry – CHEM 377 ................................................................................................... 191 Symmetry and Point Group Theory - CHEM 381 .......................................................................... 200

Coordination Chemistry - CHEM 385 ............................................................................................ 208 Solid State Chemistry - CHEM 387 ................................................................................................ 218

Electroanalytical Techniques - CHEM 392 ..................................................................................... 226 Environmental analysis - CHEM 393 ............................................................................................. 234 Practical Instrumental Analysis - CHEM 394 ................................................................................. 242

Water Treatment - CHEM 395 ........................................................................................................ 251 Statistics for Chemists - CHEM 413 ............................................................................................... 260

Quantum Chemistry - CHEM 461 ................................................................................................... 268 Applied Physical Chemistry - CHEM 465 ...................................................................................... 276 Surface and Catalysis -CHEM 466 ................................................................................................. 284 Practical Physical Chemistry II - CHEM 467 ................................................................................. 292 Colloid Chemistry – CHEM 468 ..................................................................................................... 300

Heterocyclic Chemistry– CHEM 470 ............................................................................................. 307 Natural Products Chemistry – CHEM 473 ...................................................................................... 315

Advanced Organic Synthesis – CHEM 476 .................................................................................... 324 Practical Organic Chemistry II - CHEM 478 .................................................................................. 332 Petrochemicals – CHEM 479 .......................................................................................................... 340 Applied Inorganic Chemistry - CHEM 480 .................................................................................... 349 Nuclear and Radiation Chemistry - CHEM 483 ............................................................................. 357 Bioinorganic Chemistry - CHEM 487 ............................................................................................. 365

Page 4:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 3

Organometallic Chemistry - CHEM 488 ......................................................................................... 373

Cluster Chemistry - CHEM 489 ...................................................................................................... 381

Chromatographic Separation Methods - CHEM 493 ...................................................................... 389

Applied Analytical Chemistry - CHEM 495 ................................................................................... 397 Research Project - CHEM 497 ........................................................................................................ 406 Drug Analysis - CHEM 498 ............................................................................................................ 416 General Physics for Scientist - PHYS 201 ...................................................................................... 425 Mathematics for Chemistry – MATH 200 ...................................................................................... 433

Page 5:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

T6. Course Specifications

Page 6:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 27/12/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. Credit hours: 4

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

General course in many programs

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: First level / First Year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): None

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus:

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: Course manual and lab manual are offered to students. Explanation on board and discussion in

addition to power point representation.

B. Objectives

100 %

Page 7:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course the students will be taught the basic concepts of chemistry needed for

higher level courses, that enable them to:

a) Develop their understanding of the deferent states and properties of matter and energy.

b) Improve their skills regarding laboratory investigations using scientific methods.

c) Perform chemical calculations.

d) Identify the properties of solutions and relevant applications.

e) Understand the types of chemical reactions (precipitations, Acid-Base, Gas evaluations and

redox reactions).

f) Apply gas laws in order to solve problems concerning gas behavior.

g) Understand principles underlying first law of thermodynamics and its applications in

thermochemistry.

h) Tough the quantum-mechanical model of the atom and spectra.

i) Tough the electronic configuration and Periodic Properties of the Elements.

j) Tough the types of chemical bonding, electronegativity and lewis theory.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

a) Electronic materials and computer based programs have been utilized to support the lecture

course material.

b) The lab experiments were reviewed to remove the experiments of too much chemical waste;

some of new experiments have been introduced.

c) Using models of molecules and educational videos

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description: The goal of this course is to understand the general concept of chemical

foundation, atoms, molecules, ions, stoichiometry, types of chemical reactions, solution stoichiometry,

gases, thermochemistry, atomic structure and periodicity, and general concept of chemical bonding.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Page 8:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 1

Matter, Measurement, and Problem Solving 1 3

1- Chapter 2

Atoms and Elements 2 6

Chapter 3

Molecules, Compounds, and Chemical Equations 2 6

Chapter 4

Chemical Quantities and Aqueous Reactions 2 6

Chapter 5

Gases 1 3

Chapter 6

Thermochemistry 2 6

Chapter 7

The Quantum-Mechanical Model of the Atom 1 3

Chapter 8

Periodic Properties of the Elements 2 6

Chapter 9

Chemical Bonding I: Lewis Theory 2 6

Total 15 45

2. Topics to be Covered in Laboratory

List of Topics No. of Weeks Contact Hours

1. Introduction. 1 3

2. Safety and security. 1 3

3. Density and Significant Figures in Data

Collection and Calculation 1 3

4. Melting Points and Boiling Points 1 3

5. Separation of Mixtures

6. Revision. 1 3

7. Mid-term lab exam. 1 3

Page 9:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

8. Formula of Hydrate 1 3

9. Precipitation Reaction / Limiting Reactant 1 3

10. Acid Base Titration 1 3

11. Oxidation Reduction Titration 1 3

12. Qualitative Analysis of Anions 1 3

13. Qualitative Analysis of Cations 1 3

14. Determination of The Gas Constant, R 1 3

15. Final Lab Exam. 1 3

Total 15 45

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 45 - 45 90 90 180

Credit 3 - 1 - 4 7.2

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

0

Page 10:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Define the basic concepts of General Chemistry Lecture by using power

point presentation

Exams (major 1 + major 2 +

final exam)

1.2 Memorize the different states and properties of

matter Lecture by using power

point presentation

Exams (major 1 + final

exam)

1.3 Recognize the different laws related to gases and

thermodynamic calculations

Lecture by using power

point presentation

Final exam

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Predict model of atoms and bonding in molecules

including electron configuration, valence electrons,

core electrons and Lewis structure and the

corresponding properties

Brainstorming

Lecture by using power

point presentation

Exams (major 2 + final

exam)

2.2 Write chemical equations, differentiate between

types of chemical reactions and assign the role of

each reactant

Brainstorming

Lecture by using power

point presentation

Exams (major 2 + final

exam)

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Demonstrate the ability to work in group Discussion in group Home work

Quizzes

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Operate chemical calculations (use SI units and

conversion factors in problem solving)

Brainstorming

Lecture by using power

point presentation

Exams (2 majors + final

exam)

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 Operate general experiments in the lab using

different tools and different techniques correctly

lab demonstrations

small group work

Lab experiments

Mid-term lab exam

Final lab exam

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 2.1 3.2 4.3 5.2

1.1

1.2

1.3

2.1

2.2

3.1

4.1

5.1

Page 11:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Class activates ( Quizzes, homework) weekly 5%

2

Major exams I Within the sixth week

10%

3 Major exams II Within the

Tenth week 15%

4 Lab activates weekly 25%

5 Final exam As

scheduled by the

registrar

45%

6 Total - 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 4 hrs/week for students’

consultation and academic advice.

• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the students

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

1 - Nivaldo J. Tro, Principles of Chemistry- A Molecular Approach, International Edition (2010),

ISBN: 978-0-321-65771-8.

2 - Chemistry, 8th Edition (2010), Steven S. Zumdahl and Suzan A. Zumdahl, Brooks/Cole, Cengage

Learning, Belmont, USA, ISBN (Student edition): 978-0-495-82992-8; 0-495-82992-7.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

General Chemistry (4th Edition) by John W. Hill, Ralph H. Petrucci, Terry W. McCreary, and

Scott S. Perry (Mar 12, 2004).

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

Any available sites on chemistry on the internet.

Page 12:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

Websites on the internet that relevant to the topics of the course.

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

Multi- media associated with the text book and the relevant websites.

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

a) Lecture room with at least 35 seats.

b) Auditorium of a capacity of not less than 100 seats for large lecture format classes.

c) Computer and internet connection.

d) The chemistry lab with 24 student’s capacity equipped with necessary equipment, glassware

and chemicals necessary for this course.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

a) Computer room containing at least 15 systems.

b) Scientific calculator for each student.

c) Data show

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

a) Availability of chemicals, glassware and equipment relevant to the course material as

mentioned in the laboratory manual.

b) Safety facilities.

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the

teaching process that used for course.

• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

• Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.

• Peer consultation on teaching

Page 13:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

• Departmental council discussions

• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

1. Subscribe in global magazines and journals.

2. Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.

3. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

4. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

• Teaching the course by different staff members.

• Marking exam questions by different teachers.

• Remarking of test papers by an another faculty member from the same department

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be

taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.

• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes

Name of Course Instructor: _________________________________________________

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: ___ 28/05/2017 ____

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 14:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

General Chemistry II - CHEM 102

T6. Course Specifications

Page 15:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: General Chemistry II - CHEM 102

2. Credit hours: 4 (3 credit hours for Lecture + 1 credit hour for Lab.)

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Male Branch: Dr. Reda Abdelhamid

Female Branch: Dr. Nashwa Saad Abdelshafy

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 3rd Level/2nd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 101

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): NA

8. Location if not on main campus: NA

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

100%

Page 16:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

B. Objectives 1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course, students will be:

a. Taught the general concepts of solutions and the colligative properties of solutions.

b. Given the basics of chemical kinetics.

c. Taught the chemical equilibrium concepts, factors affecting equilibrium constants,

homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibria and acid-base equilibria.

d. Given the general concepts and principles of entropy, free energy and

electrochemistry. 2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in

the field)

a. Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the

lecture course material.

b. The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed only by

the students enrolled in the course.

c. Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.

d. The lab experiments will be reviewed periodically.

e. Giving tasks to enhance the student's skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

Theoretical Part: The goal of this course is to understand the general concept of liquids, solids,

properties of solutions, chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium, acids and bases, spontaneity, entropy,

free energy, and electrochemistry.

Practical Part: 12 experiments related to the theoretical topics.

1. Topics to be Covered in lectures

List of Topics No. of Weeks Contact Hours

Introduction.

Chapter 1: Solutions.

1.1Types of solutions and solubility.

1.2 Energetics of solution formation.

1.3 Solution equilibrium and factors affecting solubility.

1.4 Expressing solution concentration.

1.5 Colligative properties for strong electrolyte solutions.

2 6

Page 17:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 2: Chemical kinetics.

2.1 The rate of chemical reaction.

2.2 The rate law.

2.3 The integrated rate law.

2.4 The effect of temperature on reaction rate.

2.5 Reaction mechanisms.

2.6 Catalysis.

2 6

Chapter 3: Chemical equilibrium.

3.1 The concept of dynamic equilibrium.

3.2 The equilibrium constant.

3.3 Expressing the equilibrium constant in terms of pressure.

3.4 Heterogeneous equilibria: reactions involving solids and

liquids.

3.5 Calculating the equilibrium constant from measured

equilibrium concentrations.

3.6 The reaction Quotient: predicting the direction of change.

3.7 Finding equilibrium concentrations.

2 6

Chapter 4: Acids and Bases.

4.1 The nature and definitions of acids and bases.

4.2 Acid strength and the acid ionization constant.

4.3 Autoionization of water and pH.

4.4 Finding [H3O+] and pH of strong and weak acid solutions.

4.5 Base solutions.

4.6 The acid – base properties of ions and salts.

4.7 Acid strength and molecular structure.

4.8 Lewis acids and bases.

2 6

Chapter 5: Aqueous ionic equilibrium.

5.1 Buffers.

5.2 Titrations and pH curves.

5.3 Solubility equilibria and the solubility product constant.

5.4 Precipitation.

5.5 Complex ion equilibria.

2.5 7.5

Chapter 6: Free energy and thermodynamics.

6.1 Spontaneous and nonspontaneous processes.

6.2 Entropy and the second law of the thermodynamics.

6.3 Heat transfer and changes in the entropy of the

surroundings.

6.4 Gibbs free energy.

6.5 Entropy and Free energy changes in chemical reactions.

6.6 Free energy changes for nonstandard states.

6.7 Free energy and equilibrium constant.

2 6

Chapter 7: Electrochemistry.

7.1 Balancing oxidation – reduction equations.

7.2 Voltaic or galvanic cells.

7.3 Standard electrode potentials.

7.4 Cell potential, free energy and equilibrium constant.

7.5 Cell potential and concentration.

7.6 Batteries.

7.7 Electrolysis.

7.8 Corrosion.

2.5 7.5

Page 18:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Total

15 45

2. Topics to be Covered in Laboratory

List of Topics No. of Weeks Contact Hours

16. Introduction. 1 3

17. Safety and security. 1 3

18. Determination of viscosity of a given sample

of liquid using viscometer. 1 3

19. Iodine clock reaction. 1 3

20. Chemical equilibrium and Le Châtelier’s

principle.

21. Revision. 1 3

22. Mid-term lab exam. 1 3

23. Acid-base titration. 1 3

24. Acid dissociation constant. 1 3

25. Factors affecting solubility. 1 3

26. Volumetric estimation of Copper II

iodometrically. 1 3

27. Determine the enthalpy of neutralization

reaction. 1 3

28. Study the galvanic cell and solution of

Nernst equation. 1 3

29. Revision. 1 3

30. Final Lab Exam. 1 3

Total 15 45

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 45 - 45 90 90 180

Credit 3 - 1 - 4 7.2

*Self-study is not included

Page 19:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

By the end of this course the students will be able to

1.1 Recognize the concepts of chemical

equilibrium, chemical kinetics and

Aqueous ionic equilibrium

Lecture and discussion Major 1, Major 2, final exams, lab

report

1.2 State Standard electrode and cell

potential, thermodynamics laws, acid-

base equilibria and solution properties.

Lecture and discussion Major 1, Major 2, final exams,

lab report

2.0 Cognitive Skills

By the end of this course the students will be able to

2.1 Calculate different terms related to

chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium

and thermodynamics.

Lecture, discussion, and

brainstorming

Major 1, Major 2, final exams,

lab report

2.2 Estimate the electromotive force of an

electrochemical cell, solution

concentrations and pH.

Lecture, discussion, and

brainstorming

Major 1, Major 2, final exams,

lab report

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

By the end of this course the students will be able to

3.1 Analyze different situations and problems

related to the studied topics.

Brainstorming, Lecture and

small group work Group reports, lab reports

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

By the end of this course the students will be able to

4.1 Research on different topics in different

websites of the studied topics Research activity Group reports

5.0 Psychomotor

By the end of this course the students will be able to :

5.1 Preform properly and safely chemistry

experiments. Lab experiments

Midterm lab exam, Final lab

exam, lab reports.

None

Page 20:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.2 2.5 3.2 4.1 5.1

1.1

1.2

2.1

2.2

3.1

4.1

5.1

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.) Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment 1 Class activities (in class quizzes, homework, group report) Regularly 5%

2 Major I exam 6 10%

3 Midterm lab exam 7 10%

4 Major II exam 12 15%

5 Lab activity (Lab report) Each lab 5%

6 Final lab exam 15 10%

7 Final exam As scheduled on the

banner 45%

8 Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

a. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.

b. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and career advice,

and general counseling.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks

Nivaldo J. Tro, Principles of Chemistry- A Molecular Approach, International Edition (2010), ISBN:

978-0-321-65771-8.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)

General Chemistry: Principles and Modern Applications, 8th Edition by Ralph H. Petrucci, William

S. Harwood, F. Geoffrey Herring. Prentice-Hall, Inc. 2001. ISBN-10: 0130143294, ISBN-13: 978-

0130143297.

Page 21:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)

Chemistry, 8th Edition (2010), Steven S. Zumdahl and Suzan A. Zumdahl, Brooks/Cole, Cengage

Learning, Belmont, USA, ISBN (Student edition): 978-0-495-82992-8; 0-495-82992-7.

4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)

a. http://wps.prenhall.com/esm_tro_chemistry_1/

b. http://wps.prenhall.com/esm_hillpetrucci_genchem_4/ 5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations and software.

a. Power point prepared by the course instructor.

b. Materials available on the lecturer's home page.

c. Handouts.

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

a. Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats)

b. Computer and internet.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

a. Data show

b. Smart board

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

Lab. containing all the necessary chemicals, glassware and equipment to run all the experiments.

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1..Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching

a. Discussion with students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process used during the course.

b. Confidential completion of course evaluation survey. 2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor

a. Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.

b. Periodical evaluation of the course by the department.

c. Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching

a. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.

b. Workshop presented by experts on modern teaching methodologies. 4 Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent member teaching

staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at

another institution)

Page 22:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for improvement.

a. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed. Any changes should be

approved by the departmental and higher councils.

b. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud

Dr. Nashwa Saad Abdelshafy

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 23:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Instruments and Lab Safety - CHEM 115

T6. Course Specification

Page 24:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 15.12.2016

College/Department: College of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Instruments and Lab Safety / CHEM 115

2. Credit hours: 1 hours

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

B.Sc. Chemistry program

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Male Branch:

Female Branch: Dr. Safaa A. Abd Elwahab

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 3rd

level / Second year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any):general chemistry I -CHEM 101

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus: Not applicable

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: In addition to the power point presentation, the content of the course will also explained using

smart board or white board.

100% √

Page 25:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

B. Objectives

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course, the students will be

• Given an overview of the General Laboratory Safety Standard.

• Taught the basic concepts of laboratory Instruments.

• Given the general concepts of different instruments used in chemical labs and given the shapes and names

of standard instruments that using in the chemistry lab.

• Taught physical and health hazards of the chemicals, toxins, biological samples, and radiation in the work

area.

• Given the classifications of hazardous chemicals.

Taught the emergency procedures, and personal protective equipment.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

• The course material Will be posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be accessed by the students

enrolled in the course only

Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

• The goal of this course is to understand the following topics: the General Laboratory Safety

Standard, basic concepts of laboratory Instruments , the general concepts of different instruments used in

chemical labs and given the shapes and names of standard instruments that using in the chemistry lab.

Also, physical and health hazards of the chemicals, toxins, biological samples, and radiation in the work

area , the classifications of hazardous chemicals, the emergency procedures, and personal protective

equipment.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Chapter 1 General Work Practices:

1.1. Introduction (Classification of chemicals).

1.2. Chemical Safety Plan.

1.3. Standard Operation Procedures.

3 3

2- Chapter 2 Basic Tools and Lab. Instruments:

3- 2.1. Instruments Used in the Lab and Their Uses. 6 6

Page 26:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 3 Laboratory Safety Equipment's:

3.1. Personal Protective Equipment's.

3.2. Laboratory Safety Emergency Stations:

Eyewash Stations and safety showers.

The Fire Triangle.

Classification of Fuels.

Types of Fire Extinguishers.

Rules for Fighting Fires.

How to use a fire Extinguisher.

3 3

Chapter 4 Emergency Procedures and Transportation of Dangerous

Materials:

4.1. Emergency Procedures.

4.2. Transportation of Dangerous Materials

3 3

15 15

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 15 - - 30 15 45

Credit 1 - - - 1 1.8

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

*Minimum learning hours that must be spent by the student to study course materials.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

none

Page 27:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Recognize the roles of Safety in laboratory. Lecture, discussion. Exams (2 majors + final

exam)

1.2 Define the different sources of hazard in the

laboratory.

Small group discussion,

lecture.

Exams (2 majors + final

exam)

1.3 Describe the general concepts of different

instruments used in the chemistry Lab.

Small group discussion,

lecture.

Exams (2 majors + final

exam)

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Differentiate between different types of Fire

Extinguishers.

Brainstorming, lecture. Exams (major 2+ final

exam).

2.2 Explain the various ways of toxic chemical wastes

disposal.

Brainstorming, lecture. Exams ( final exam).

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Collaborate in team work. Small group work. Group reports.

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Online Researching on General Laboratory Safety

Standard.

Research activities. Group reports.

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 Not applicable

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top).

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.2 2.1 3.2 4.1

1.1

1.2

1.3

2.1

2.2

3.1

4.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1 Class activates ( in-class quizzes, homework, group report) Once in

two weeks 10%

Page 28:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2 Major examination 1 6 20%

3 Major examination 2 12 20%

4 Final examination After 15th

week 50%

Total 100 %

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

Each faculty member is available in his/her office at least2 hours/week for students' consultation and

academic advice. Detailed office hour information will be given to students during the first lecture. The same

information is also displayed outside the faculty member’s office.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks

Laboratory Safety for Chemistry Students، David Finster, Copyright: 2010 by John Wiley & Sons.Inc.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)

a. CRC Handbook of Laboratory Safety, 5th Edition by A. Keith Furr. ISBN-10: 0849325234, ISBN-13: 978-

0849325236

Instrumentation Reference Book, 4th Edition by W. Boyes. ISBN-978-0-7506-8304-1

3. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)

a. http://www.chemweb.com

b. http://www.chemistry.com

4. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations and software. a. Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. b. Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. c. Materials available on the course teacher 's home page

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

None

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

1- Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats)

2- Data show, computer and internet.

Page 29:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

1- Data show / Smart Board

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching

a. Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching process that

used for course.

b. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor

a. Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field

b. Peer consultation on teaching

c. Departmental council discussions

d. Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching

a. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field

b. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

c. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

d. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent member

teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with

staff at another institution)

Check marking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department.

Name of Course Instructor: _ Dr. Safaa A. Abd Elwahab _______________

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 30:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Chemical Thermodynamics - CHEM 262

T6. Course Specifications

Page 31:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Chemical Thermodynamics - CHEM 262

2. Credit hours: 3 (Three Credit hours)

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Male Branch: Dr. Ramzi Hadj Lajimi

Female Branch: Dr. Dina El Najjar

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 4th level / 2nd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 102

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): NA

8. Location if not on main campus: NA

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage? 100

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Page 32:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

B. Objectives

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course, students will be:

a. Taught about Gases and their properties.

b. Given the Equations of state and how to apply them on chemical problems.

c. Taught the laws of thermodynamics, and how to use them to establish relations between different

properties of a system.

d. Given the formulation of the phase rule, the use and interpretation of phase diagrams.

e. Taught the concepts of free energy and chemical potential and how they can be used to account for the

equilibrium composition of chemical reactions.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

a. Computer aided and web based assignments.

b. Electronic materials and computer based programs have been utilized to support the lecture

course material.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

The goal of this course is to understand the general concept of the laws of thermodynamics, gases’

laws, phase rule, Clapeyron equation, mixtures, partial molar quantities and equilibrium.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Introduction

Chapter 1: The properties of gases

1.1. The states of gases.

1.2. The gas laws.

1.3. Molecular interactions.

1.4. The van der Waals equation.

2 6

Page 33:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 2: The first law of thermodynamics

2.1. Work, heat, and energy.

2.2. The internal energy.

2.3. Expansion work.

2.4. Heat transactions.

2.5. Enthalpy.

2.6. Adiabatic changes.

2.7. Standard enthalpy changes.

2.8. Standard enthalpies of formation.

2.9. The temperature dependence of reaction enthalpies.

2.10. Exact and inexact differentials.

2.11. Changes in internal energy.

2.12. The Joule-Thomson effect.

3 9

Chapter 3: The second law of thermodynamics

3.1. The dispersal of energy.

3.2. Entropy.

3.3. Entropy changes accompanying specific processes.

3.4. The third law of thermodynamics.

3.5. The Helmholtz and Gibbs energies.

3.6. Standard molar Gibbs energies.

3.7. The fundamental equation.

3.8. Properties of the internal energy.

3.9. Properties of the Gibbs energy.

2 6

Chapter 4: Physical transformations of pure substances

4.1. The stabilities of phases.

4.2. Phase boundaries.

4.3. Three representative phase diagrams.

4.4. The dependence of stability on the conditions.

4.5. The location of phase boundaries.

4.6. The Ehrenfest classification of phase transitions.

2 6

Chapter 5: Simple mixtures

5.1. Partial molar quantities.

5.2. The thermodynamics of mixing.

5.3. The chemical potentials of liquids.

5.4. Liquid mixtures.

5.5. Colligative properties.

5.6. Vapour pressure diagrams.

5.7. Temperature-composition diagrams.

5.8. Liquid-liquid phase diagrams.

5.9. Liquid-solid phase diagrams.

4 12

Chapter 6: Chemical equilibrium

6.1. The Gibbs energy minimum.

6.2. The description of equilibrium.

6.3. How equilibria respond to changes of pressure.

6.4. The response of equilibria to changes of temperature.

2 6

Total

15 45

Page 34:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 45 - - 90 45 135

Credit 3 - - - 3 5.4

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge By the end of this course the students will be able to

1.1 Recognize different types of gases, their properties

and the related equations of state. Lecture and discussion Major I, Final Exam

1.2 Recall the 1st and 2nd law of thermodynamics

applied to reversible and irreversible processes, the

3rd law of thermodynamics, entropy calculations,

Gibbs energy and chemical potential.

Lecture and discussion Major I, Major II, Final

Exam

1.3 Describe the features of phase diagrams for unary

and binary systems. Lecture and discussion Major II, Final Exam

2.0

Cognitive Skills By the end of this course the students will be able to

2.1 Calculate different thermodynamic parameters for

specific processes. Lecture and discussion

Major I, Major II, Final

Exam

2.2 Evaluate thermodynamic properties of binary

mixtures: partial molar quantities, chemical

potential of ideal and real solutions, and colligative

properties.

Lecture and discussion Final Exam

2.3 Estimate the chemical equilibrium position and

extent of reaction. Lecture and discussion Final Exam

Page 35:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility By the end of this course the students will be able to

3.1 Show the ability to work in group Small group work Homework

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical By the end of this course the students will be able to

4.1 Online Researching on different thermodynamic

topics in different websites of physical chemistry Research activity Group reports

5.0

Psychomotor By the end of this course the students will be able to

5.1 NA NA NA

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.2 2.1 3.2 4.1

1.1

1.2

1.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

3.1

4.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Class activities (homework, group reports) Each chapter 10%

2

Major I exam 6 20%

3 Major II exam 10 20%

4 Final exam As scheduled

on the banner

50%

5 Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

a. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.

b. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and career

Page 36:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

advice, and general counseling.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

Julio De Paula and Peter Atkins, Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 10th Edition, 2014, ISBN: 978-

0199697403.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

Thomas Engel and Philip Reid, Physical Chemistry 3rd Edition, 2012, ISBN: 978-0321812001.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

Keith J. Laidler, John H. Meiser, Bryan C. Sanctuary, Physical Chemistry 4th Edition, 2002, ISBN:

978-0618123414.

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

http://www.colby.edu/chemistry/PChem/Lecture1SDS.html

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

a. Power point prepared by the course instructor.

b. Handout of each chapter.

c. CD of the book: Keith J. Laidler, John H. Meiser, Bryan C. Sanctuary, Physical Chemistry 4th

Edition, ISBN: 978-0-618-12341-4.

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

a. Data show.

b. Smart Board.

c. Computer and internet connection.

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

a. Discussion with Students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the

teaching process used during the course.

b. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

a. Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field.

b. Peer consultation on teaching.

Page 37:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

c. Departmental council discussions.

d. Discussions within teaching staff members.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

a. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

b. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Check marking of exam papers by another faculty staff member from the same department.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

a. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed. Any changes should be

approved by the departmental and higher councils.

b. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Ramzi Hadj Lajimi & Dr. Dina El Najjar

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 38:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation &Assessment

Organic chemistry I – CHEM 273

T6. Course Specifications

Page 39:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution : University of Hail Date of Report: 24/5/2016

College/Department : Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Organic chemistry I – CHEM 273

2. Credit hours : 2 hours

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered.

(If general elective available in many programs indicate this rather than list programs)

Chemistry program 4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course :

Male : Dr. Mohammed M. Sallal

5. Level/year at which this course is offered : 3rd level/ 2nd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any) :

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any) : general chemistry II -CHEM 102

8. Location if not on main campus

9. Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. e-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

√ 100%

%

Page 40:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

B Objectives

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course the students will be:

• Taught the basic concepts of Organic chemistry effectively

• Given the structure and nomenclature of saturated and unsaturated aliphatic ,and

aromatic hydrocarbons.

• Taught the synthesis of saturated and unsaturated aliphatic , and aromatic

hydrocarbons.

• Taught the difference between saturated and unsaturated aliphatic and aromatic

hydrocarbons.

• Given the physical and chemical properties of saturated and unsaturated aliphatic ,

and aromatic hydrocarbons. 2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in

the field)

• The course material Will be posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be

accessed by the students enrolled in the course only

• Using models of molecules and / or educational videos

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form to be used for the Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

The goal of this course is to understand the origins of organic chemistry and

chemical bonding, aliphatic hydrocarbons: structure, nomenclature, and

stereochemistry (confirmation of alkane, stereochemistry of cycloalkanes and

alkenes, synthesis and reactions of alkynes, aromatic hydrocarbons: benzene,

aromaticity, nomenclature, and reactions (activation and orientation).

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact Hours

Chapter 1 Fundamental concepts:

1.1.Introduction to nomenclature,

1.2. carbon's hybridization as sp, sp2 or sp3 according to its bonding

environment and classify bonds as either sigma-bonds (s) or pi-

bonds (p)

1.3. resonance structure and use Lewis diagrams to illustrate it

3 6

Page 41:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4- Chapter 2Alkanes:

5- 2.1. Nomenclature of alkanes and Cycloalkanes

6- 2.2. Stereochemistry of cycloalkanes molecular chirality:

enantiomers the stereogenic center and properties of chiral center

7- 2.3. synthesis of alkanes

8- 2.4. Physical and Chemical properties and combustion of alkanes

3 6

Chapter 3 Alkenes:

3.1. Nomenclature of alkenes and its structure,

3.2 . stereochemistry of alkenes and Cycloalkenes. The

configuration around a C=C bond as Z or E,

3.3. synthesis of alkenes

3.4. Physical properties and Chemical reactions of alkenes

2 4

Chapter 4 Alkynes:

4.1. Nomenclature of alkynes and its structure

4.2.Preparation of alkynes,

4.3.Physical properties and reactions of alkynes

2 4

Chapter 5 Arenes and Aromaticity:

5.1. History and Kekulé Formulation of Benzene

5.2. Resonance Formulation of Benzene and stability of benzene,

5.3. Nomenclature,

5.4.Common substituent groups and their effect on Electrophilic

Aromatic substitution (EAS)

5.5.Physical properties and Reactions of benzene

3 6

Chapter 6. Alkyl halide:

6.1.IUPAC nomenclature of alkyl halide ,

6.2.Classes of alkyl and aryl halide,

6.3.Physical properties, Preparation of alkyl and aryl halide

6.4.General Features of Nucleophilic Substitution Reactions

2 4

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

Page 42:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods

and Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate

learning domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching

strategies that fit and align with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes.

Third, insert appropriate assessment methods that accurately measure and evaluate the learning

outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment method, and teaching strategy ought to

reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and teaching process. (Courses are not

required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

By the end of this course the students will be able to : 1.1 Define the basics of Organic Chemistry and the

molecular structures of hydrocarbon

Lecture by using power

point presentation Examination (Quizzes +

M1 + M2+ Final) 1.2 Write the name of aliphatic and aromatic

hydrocarbons

-Small group discussion

-Lecture by using power

point presentation

Examination (Quizzes +

M1 + M2+ Final)

1.3. List the organic synthesis , physical and chemical

properties of aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons -Lecture by using power

point presentation

- brainstorming

Examination (Quizzes +

M1 + M2+ Final)

2.0 Cognitive Skills

By the end of this course the students will be able to :

2.1 Explain the structure , physical and chemical

properties of aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons

-Small group discussion

-Individual Or/ and group

presentations

-Lecture by using power

point presentation

Examination (Quizzes +

M1 + M2+ Final)

2.2 Differentiate between structure and chemical

reaction of saturated and unsaturated aliphatic and

aromatic hydrocarbons

-brainstorming

-Lecture by using power

point presentation

Examination (Quizzes +

M1 + M2+ Final)

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

By the end of this course the students will be able to : 3.1 Select appropriate procedure for chemical synthesis

of saturated , unsaturated aliphatic and aromatic

-Brainstorming ,

-Lecture by using power Examination (Quizzes +

None

Page 43:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Organic compounds point presentation M1 + M2+ Final) 3.2

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

By the end of this course the students will be able to : 4.1 Research on hydrocarbons compounds (Naming-

Hybridization, Reaction)

research activities Individual and/or group

presentations

Peer and self-evaluations

4.2

5.0 Psychomotor

By the end of this course the students will be able to : 5.1 N/A N/A N/A

5.2

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across

the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 2.1 2.2 3.3 4.1

1.1 √

1.2 √

1.3 √

2.1 √

2.2 √

3.1 √

4.1 √

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination, speech,

oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1 Class ( in class quizzes, homework, small research projects or individual Or/ and group presentations)

weekly 10%

2

Major exams I Within the sixth week

20%

3

Major exams II Within the Tenth week

20%

5

Final exam As scheduled

by the registrar

50%

Total - 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

Page 44:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)

• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for

students’ consultation and academic advice.

• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the

students

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks

Organic Chemistry, 7th Edition, L. G. Wade, Jr., Person Education Inc., 2010 ISBN-10: 0-321-

61006-7 ISBN-13: 978-0-321-61006-5

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)

• Helv. Chim. Acta

• Tetrahedron Letters

• J. Org. Chem 3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)

• Organic Chemistry, John McMurry's, 5th edition ISBN 0-534-37366-6

• Morrison, R. T.; Boyd, R. N. "Organic Chemistry", 6th edition, Prentice ,Hall of

India, (1996).

• Organic Chemistry. G. Marc loudon, Fourth Edition.

• Organic Chemistry I For Dummies, by Arthur Winter. July (2008).

• Organic Chemistry I, by David R. klein. 2end edition June, (2007.)

4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)

• http://www.chemweb.com

• http://www.chemistry.com

• http://www.orgsyn.org

• http://www.epa.gov/gcc/

• http://www.youtube.com/results?search_query-Organic+chemistry&aq=f

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations and

software. • Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Materials available on the course teacher 's home page • Materials available on the course teacher 's black board

F. Facilities Required

Page 45:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.)

• Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

• Data Show (overhead projector).

• Computer and internet connection.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.)

• Data show

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach

list)

N/A

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching

• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process that used for course.

• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor

• Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field

• Peer consultation on teaching

• Departmental council discussions

• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching

5. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field

6. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

7. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

8. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course

evaluation

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample

of assignments with staff at another institution)

Remarking of test papers by a another faculty member from the same department

Page 46:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring

forms approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are

approved in the departmental and higher councils.

• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which

is reported to the course instructor officially through the department

• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the

proposed changes

Name of Course Instructor: Mohammed M. Sallal

Signature: ___________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator:___________________________ ______________________

Signature: _____________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 47:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Organic Chemistry II - CHEM 274

T6. Course Specifications

Page 48:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: CHEM 274 – Organic Chemistry II

2. Credit hours: 2 hours

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

B. Sc. in Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hatem Salem Halouani

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 4th level / 2nd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 273 – Organic Chemistry I

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): N/A

8. Location if not on main campus:

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

100%

Page 49:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

B. Objectives

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course the students will be able to :

➢ Taught the fundamental principles of organic chemistry effectively.,

➢ Taught the structure and nomenclature of alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides, phenols,

aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and their derivatives), and amines.

➢ Taught the synthesis of alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides, phenols, aldehydes, ketones,

carboxylic (and their derivatives), and amines.

➢ Differentiate between all the function groups of organic compound

Given the physical and chemical properties of alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides, phenols,

aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and their derivatives), and amines.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

➢ The course material was posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be accessed by the

students enrolled in the course only

➢ Using models of molecules and educational videos

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

This course covers Classification, nomenclature, physical properties, synthesis and

reactions of the following organic classes: Alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides,

phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and their derivatives) and amines.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Page 50:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

CHAPTER 1: ALCOHOLS

1.1. Explain strategy of the course

1.2. Structure, Nomenclature of Alcohols (Common & IUPAC names)

& Physical properties

1.3. Preparation & industrial preparation of Alcohols

1.4. Reactivity of Alcohols

1.5. Diols: Structure, Nomenclature (Common & IUPAC names) &

Physical properties, preparation & reactivity

1.6. Thiols: Structure, Nomenclature (Common & IUPAC names) &

Physical properties, preparation & reactivity

3 6

CHAPTER 2: PHENOLS

2.1. Structure, Nomenclature of phenols (Common & IUPAC names) &

Physical properties

2.2. Acidity of phenols

2.3. Preparation of phenol

2.4. Reactivity of phenol : electrophilic substitution

2 4

CHAPTER 3: ETHERS

3.1 Structure, Nomenclature of Ethers (Common & IUPAC names)

& Physical properties

3.2. Preparation of Ethers

3.3. Reactivity of Ethers

1 2

CHAPTER 4: ALDEHYDES & KETONES (CARBONYLS)

4.1 Structure, Nomenclature of aldehyde and Ketones (Common &

IUPAC names) & Physical properties

4.2 Preparation of aldehyde and Ketones

4.3 Physical properties of aldehyde and Ketones

Reactions of aldehyde and Ketones

3 6

Page 51:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

CHAPTER 5: CARBOXYLIC ACIDS & ACID DERIVATIVES

5.1 Structure, Nomenclature of carboxylic acids (Common &

IUPAC names) & Physical properties

5.2 Acidity of carboxylic acids

5.3 Synthesis of carboxylic acids

5.4 Reactivity of carboxylic acids

5.5 Structure, Nomenclature of carboxylic acid derivatives

(Common & IUPAC names) & Physical properties

5.6 Synthesis of carboxylic acid derivatives

5.7 Reactivity of carboxylic acid derivatives

3 6

CHAPTER 6: AMINES & AMINO COMPOUNDS

6.1 Structure, Nomenclature of amino compounds (Common &

IUPAC names) & Physical properties

6.2 Basicity of Amino compounds

6.3 Synthesis of Amino compounds

6.4 Reactivity of Amino compounds

6.5 Amino Acids: Structure, Nomenclature, Synthesis and reactivity

3 6

Total

15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

None

Page 52:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Define the function groups of Organic

Chemistry by Writing the common and

IUPAC name of all function group

( alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides,

phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and

their derivatives), and amines.

Lecture by using

power point

presentation

Examination (Quizzes +

M1 + M2+ Final)

1.2 Describe the molecular structures of all

function group

alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides,

phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and

their derivatives), and amines.

Lecture by using

power point

presentation

Brainstorming

Examination (Quizzes +

M1 + M2+ Final)

1.3 List the organic synthesis of all function

group

alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides,

phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and

their derivatives), and amines.

Lecture by using

power point

presentation

brainstorming

Examination (Quizzes +

M1 + M2+ Final)

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Explain the physical and chemical

properties of all function group

alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides,

phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and

their derivatives), and amines.

Small group

discussion

Individual and group

Presentations

Lecture by using

power point

presentation

Peer and self-

evaluations

Examination (Quizzes +

M1 + M2+ Final)

2.2 Differentiate between chemical reaction of

all function group

Alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides,

phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and

brainstorming

Lecture by using

power point

presentation

Examination (Quizzes +

M1 + M2+ Final)

Page 53:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

their derivatives), and amines.

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Choose the synthesis method of all function

group

alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides,

phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and

their derivatives), and amines compounds

brainstorming

Lecture by using

power point

presentation

Examination (Quizzes +

M1 + M2+ Final)

3.2

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Online Researching on all function group

alcohols (diols & thiols), ethers, epoxides,

phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and

their derivatives), and amines compounds

(Naming- physical properties, synthesis,

reaction, ……etc.)

research activities small research report or

individual and/or group

presentations peer and

self-evaluations

4.2

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 N/A N/A N/A

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 2.1 2.2 3.3 4.1

1.1 √

1.2 √

1.3 √

2.1 √

2.2 √

3.1 √

4.1 √

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Class ( in class quizzes, homework, small research projects or

individual Or/ and group presentations)

weekly 10%

2

Major exams I Within the

sixth week

20%

Page 54:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3 Major exams II Within the

Tenth week

20%

4 Final exam As

scheduled

by the

registrar

50%

5 Total - 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

➢ Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’

consultation and academic advice.

➢ Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the students

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

Organic Chemistry, 7th Edition, L. G. Wade, Jr., Person Education Inc., 2010

ISBN-10: 0-321-61006-7, ISBN-13: 978-0-321-61006-5

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

• Helv. Chim. Acta

• Tetrahedron Letters

• J. Org. Chem

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

• Organic Chemistry (7th Edition) by L. G. Wade (Feb 1, 2009)

• Organic Chemistry by Francis Carey and Robert Giuliano (Jan 8, 2010)

• Organic Chemistry I I ,1 edition, David R. Klein (October 7, 2005) ISBN-10: 0471738085, ISBN-

13: 978-0471738084

• Organic Chemistry by T. W. Graham Solomons and Craig Fryhle (Feb 16,2007)

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

• http://www.chemweb.com

• http://www.chemistry.com

• http://www.orgsyn.org

• http://www.epa.gov/gcc/

Page 55:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

• http://www.youtube.com/results?search_query-Organic+chemistry&aq=f

1. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

• Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher.

• Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher.

• Materials available on the course teacher 's home page

• Materials available on the course teacher 's black board

• CD for the text book

• Multimedia associated with the text book

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

• Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

• Data Show (overhead projector).

• Computer and internet connection

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.): Data show

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

N/A

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process that used for course.

• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

• Peer consultation on teaching

• Departmental council discussions

• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course

• Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

• Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies

Page 56:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

• Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

• Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members

• The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

• Providing samples of all kind of assessment in the departmental course portfolio of each course.

• Assigning group of faculty members teaching the same course to grade same questions for various

students. Faculties from other institutions are invited to review the accuracy of the grading policy.

• Conducting standard exams such as the American Chemical Society exams or others.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be taken

are approved in the departmental and higher councils.

• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hatem Salem Halouani

Signature: Dr. Hatem Salem Halouani Report Completion Date: 05/11/2016

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 57:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Practical Organic Chemistry 1 – CHEM 275

T6. Course Specifications

Page 58:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Practical Organic Chemistry 1 – CHEM 275

2. Credit hours: 2 hours

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry program

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Mohamed Salall

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 4th level / 2nd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Organic chemistry I - Chem273

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): Organic chemistry II - Chem274

8. Location if not on main campus:

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

√ 100%

Page 59:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

B. Objectives

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course the students will be:

• Taught the synthesis of separation techniques for Organic chemistry effectively.

• Taught how to make identification for the functional groups of organic compounds.

• Taught how to use the physical and chemical properties for identification .

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

• Modified and updated lab experiments periodically

• Using video Show as practical explanation of the experiment

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

The goal of this course is to understand the origins of organic chemistry and chemical bonding. Aliphatic

Hydrocarbons: Structure, nomenclature, synthesis and reactions of alkanes, cycloalkanes, alkenes and

alkynes. Aromatic Hydrocarbons: Structure, nomenclature, synthesis, reactions and aromaticity of benzene.

Alkyl and aryl halides, nomenclature, synthesis and reactions. Also this course covers: Classification,

nomenclature, physical properties, synthesis and reactions of the following organic classes: Alcohols,

phenols, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic (and their derivatives), amines and Carbohydrate.

1. Topics to be Covered

Page 60:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact Hours

Experiments 1: Safety in the laboratory

1 6

Experiments 2: Melting points

1 6

Experiments 3: Boiling point and distillation

1 6

Experiments 4:Qualitative elemental analysis

1 6

Experiments 5: Recrystallization

1 6

Experiments 6:Extraction (isolation of caffeine from tea)

1 6

Revision and Mid Term Exam

1 6

Experiments7:Chromatoography(TLC)

1 6

Experiments 8:Identification of Alcohols

1 6

Experiments 9:Identification of Aldehydes & Ketones

1 6

Experiments 10:Identification of Liquid Carboxylic Acids

1 6

Experiments 11:Identification of Solid Carboxylic Acids

1 6

Experiments 12 Identification of Salt of Carboxylic Acids 1 6

Experiments 13:Identification of Aniline Salts

1 6

Revision and Final Exam

1 6

Total 15 90

Page 61:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours - - - 90 30 90 120

Credit - - - 2 - 2 4.8

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Describe the steps for Synthesis and

characterization of organic compounds

-Lecture by power point

-lab demonstrations.

-Video

•lab reports

•exams

1.2

List the instrument used in organic laboratory.

-Lecture by power

point.

-lab demonstrations

-Video

-Small Group Work

•lab reports

•exams

1.3 Recognize safety rules used in the laboratory

-Lecture by power point

-lab demonstrations

•lab reports

•exams

2.0 Cognitive Skills

None

Page 62:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2.1 Estimation the physical properties for some

organic compound

-Lecture by power point

-lab demonstrations

- Video

•lab reports

•exams

2.2 Recognize Chemistry concept and applied it in Lab.

work - Lecture by power point

-lab demonstrations

-Group Discussion

-Small Group Work

-Video

•lab reports

•exams

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Choose the suitable chemical test for

identification functional group

- Lecture by power point

-lab demonstrations

-Group Discussion

-Small Group Work

•lab reports

•exams

3.2 Use the correct functional group to differentiate

between different organic compound -lab demonstrations

-Group Discussion

-Small Group Work

•lab reports

•exams

4.0 Communication, Information Technology Numerical

4.1 Operate the Lab. instrument used in physical and

chemical tests

-Lecture by power

point.

-Lab demonstrations

- Video

Small Group Work

•lab reports

•exams

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 Perform all lab experiments safely -Lecture by power

point. -lab demonstrations

- video

-Small Group Work

•lab reports

•exams

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.2 2.1 3.3 4.1 5.1

1.1 √

1.2 √

1.3 √

Page 63:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2.1 √

2.2 √

3.1 √

3.2 √

4.1 √

5.1 √

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination, speech,

oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Quizzes(Group Work) weekly 10%

2

lab reports weekly 30%

3

Midterm Lab exam Within the

seventh

week

30%

4

Final Lab exam As

scheduled

by the

registrar

30%

5

Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and academic advice.

(include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)

2 hours /week

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks: we don’t have a text book

Organic Chemistry, 7th Edition, L. G. Wade, Jr., Person Education Inc., 2010 ISBN-10: 0-321-61006-7 ISBN-13:

978-0-321-61006-5.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)

• Helv. Chim. Acta

• Tetrahedron Letters

• J. Org. Chem

Page 64:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3.List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)

• Organic Chemistry. G. Marc loudon, Fourth Edition.

• Organic Chemistry I For Dummies, by Arthur Winter. July (2008).

4.List Electronic Materials(eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)

Web Sites:

http:// www.Chem4all.com

• http://www.chemweb.com

5.Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations and software.:

• Videos

• Materials available on the course teacher 's black board

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

• Lab. room with 20 seats

• Data Show

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

• Data show

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

Instruments , glass ware , chemicals and equipment's available in the labs.

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

• Students questioner during semester

• Students Faculty meeting (once during semester)

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

Faculty annual evaluation including teaching by the department and the university

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

• Attendance of Faculty to workshops offered by Teaching and Learning Development Department

• Periodical revision of the method of teaching and the course outcomes

• Review of annual course assessment

• analysis of questionnaires and deal with the weak points

Page 65:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4.Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent Check

marking by an independent member teaching staff

• Review corrected exam paper by an independent member teaching staff

• Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms approved by the

DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.

• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is reported

to the course instructor officially through the department.

• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.

• Department curriculum committee meets in regular basis and recommends revision for improvement.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Mohamed Salall

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 66:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Chemistry of Main Group Elements -CHEM 286

T6. Course Specifications

Page 67:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 01/12/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Chemistry of main group elements (CHEM 286)

2. Credit hours: 2

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: B.Sc. Chemistry Program

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hani P. El Moll and Dr. Manal Alkhabbas

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 3rd level / 2nd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): None

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 102 (General Chemistry II)

8. Location if not on main campus:

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

100%

Page 68:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

B. Objectives

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By completing this course, students are expected to:

1. Understand the basic concepts of inorganic chemistry such as atoms, molecules, structure and

bonding in molecules, types of bonding.

2. Learn about the periodic table and the properties of the elements as well as the chemistry of

selected main group elements and their associated compounds.

3. Learn the different types and properties of acidic and basic aqueous solutions

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

The contents should be regularly updated according to the new research findings.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description: This course involves topics in basic inorganic chemistry which cover atomic

structure, molecular structure and bonding, ionic bonding: lattice energy, packing and ionic sizes,

Born-Haber cycle and applications, aqueous solutions, acids and bases, periodic properties of the

elements and the chemistry of selected main group elements and their associated compounds.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

1- Basic concepts: atoms

1.1- Fundamental particles of an atom

1.2- Atomic number, mass numbers and isotopes

1.3- Atomic orbitals

1.4- Many-electron atoms &the aufbau principle

1.5- The periodic table

1.6- Effective Nuclear charge

1.7- Periodic trends.

2 4

Page 69:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2- Basic concepts: molecules

2.1- Homonuclear diatomic molecules: Valence bond (VB) theory

2.2- Homonuclear diatomic molecules: molecular orbital (MO)

theory

2.3- Dipole moments

2.4-MO theory: heteronuclear diatomic molecules

2.5- Molecular Shapes and VSEPR Model

2.5 5

3- Bonding in polyatomic molecules:

3.1- Valence bond theory: hybridization of atomic orbitals

3.2- Valence bond theory: multiple bonding in polyatomic

molecules

1.5 3

4- Structures and energetics of ionic solids

4.1- Packing of Spheres

4.2- Sizes of ions

4.3- Ionic lattices

4.4- Lattice energy: estimates from an electrostatic model

4.5- Lattice energy: The Born-Haber cycle

2 4

5- Acids and bases in aqueous solution

5.1- Properties of water

5.2- Some Brønsted acids and bases

5.3- Trends within a series of oxoacids

5.4- Amphoteric oxides and hydroxides

3 6

6- The Main Group Elements

6.1- Group1: Hydrogen & he alkali metals

6.2- Group 2: alkaline earth Metals

6.3- The group 13 elements

6.4- The group 14 elements

6.5- The group 15 elements

6.6- The group 16 elements (the chalcogens)

6.7- The group 17 elements (the halogens)

6.8- The group 18 elements (the noble gases)

4 8

Total 15 30

Page 70:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Describe the structure of atoms, ions,

molecules, and bonding in molecules and ionic

compounds.

- Lectures

- Discussions

Exams (Majors + Final)

1.2 Elucidate the behavior of acids, bases and ions

in aqueous solutions.

- Lectures

- Discussions

Exams (Major II + Final)

1.3 Define the properties of the elements and the

chemistry of selected main group elements and

their associated compounds.

- Lectures

- Discussions

Final exam

2.0

Cognitive Skills

0

Page 71:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2.1 Explain the molecular orbital theory and

predict the bond formation possibility between

atoms by calculating the bond order value

- Lectures

- Discussions

Exams (Major I + Final)

2.2 Establish and conclude the formula,

coordination number and geometry of holes

from crystal structures

- Lectures

- Discussions

Exams (Major II + Final)

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 NA

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Research effectively online information related

to the course topics

Research and

homework activities

Reports, homework,

quizzes

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 NA

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 2.2 2.4 4.1

1.1

1.2

1.3

2.1

2.2

4.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Reports, homework, quizzes Weekly 10%

2

Major exams I 5th 20%

3 Major exams II 12th 20%

4 Final exam As

scheduled

by the

registrar

50%

Total 100 %

Page 72:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

At least 6 hours/week

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd Ed., Catherine E. Housecroft and Alan G. Sharpe, Pearson Prentice Hall

2008.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

pubs.rsc.org/en/journals/journalissues/cc#!issueid=cc048082&type=current&issnprint=1359-7345

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

- Power point prepared by the course instructor.

- Materials available on blackboard.

- Multimedia associated with the text book and the relevant websites.

- Crystal models.

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

- Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

- Data Show (overhead projector), computer and internet connection.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

- Data show

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

Page 73:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

- Weekly academic subject tutorials (Inorganic) in small groups (~7-8 students). Non-attendance

at tutorials triggers investigation by the senior tutor. Students provide written, confidential

feedback on their tutors at the end of the year.

- Student evaluation questioner form to take feedback to increase instructor’s awareness of the

weak and strong points of the course.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

- Staff appraisal scheme and institutional staff development courses; College Teaching

Development Grant Scheme to fund the development of new teaching and appraisal methods

- Peer observation to benefit from colleagues’ objective feedback and suggestions for

improvement.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

- Training sessions

- Workshops to facilitate the exchange of experiences amongst faculty members

- Regular meetings where problems are discussed and solutions given Set goals for achieving

excellence in teaching at the beginning of each new semester after reviewing last semester’s

teaching strategies and results

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

- Check marking of a sample of examination papers either by a resident or visiting faculty member

- Assigning group of faculty members teaching the same course to grade same questions for various

students. Faculty from other institutions are invited to review the accuracy of the grading policy

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be taken

are approved in the departmental and higher councils.

- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hani P. El Moll and Dr. Manal Alkhabbas

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: __29/05/2017______

Page 74:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 75:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Chemistry of Transition Metals - CHEM 287

T6. Course Specifications

Page 76:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 6/11/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Chemistry of Transition Metals (CHEM 287)

2. Credit hours: 2

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry Program

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Dr. Abd-Alhhkeem H. Abu-Nawwas

Dr. Seham Nagib Tawfic & Dr. Manal Alkhabbas

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 4th Level / 2nd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Chem. of main group elements (CHEM 286)

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus: Main girls campus 14 C

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

100%

Page 77:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

B. Objectives

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course the student should:

1. Review and outline the general physical and chemical behaviour of transition elements

2. Compare between s-block, p-block and d-block elements properties.

3. Account for the descriptive extraction methods of some transition elements.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

1- Provide the enrolled students with the necessary course material.

2- Periodic update of the course content to follow the recent progress in the scientific fields

covered by the course.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description: This course describes the chemistry of transition metals. It explicitly covers the

following areas related to d block elements: occurrence, extraction and uses, physical properties,

general chemical properties and comparison with f block elements (Color, Variable oxidation states,

Complex formation, Magnetic susceptibility and Catalysis) and lanthanide Contraction. A detailed

study of the first row elements (their occurrence, extraction and uses, physical properties and

compounds formation in different oxidation states).

1. Topics to be covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

Chapter 1 Basic concepts of transition metals

1.1. Location of transition metals in the periodic table 1 2

1.2. Electronic configuration of transition elements 1 2

1.3. General physical properties 1 2

Chapter 2 The chemistry of Lanthanide and Actinides

2.1. Introduction 1 2

2.2. General chemical properties 1 2

2.3. Mineral resources and methods of recovery 1 2

Chapter 3 The chemistry of the first row transition elements.

Page 78:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3.1. Scandium and titanium 1 2

3.2. Vanadium and chromium 1 2

3.3. Manganese and iron 1 2

3.4. Cobalt and nickel 1 2

3.5. Copper and zinc

3.6. Methods of production of some of transition metals

1

1

2

2

Chapter 4 Magnetic properties and catalysis

4.1. Magnetic properties of transition metal complexes 1 2

4.2. Splitting pattern of d-orbitals and values of magnetic

moments

1 2

4.3. Catalytic properties of transition metals and their

compounds

1 2

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

0

Page 79:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Define basic concepts of transition metal and

its physical and chemical properties

- Lectures

- Discussions

Exams (Majors + Final)

1.2 Define basic concepts of Lanthanides and

Actinides and their properties

- Lectures

- Discussions

Exams (Majors + Final)

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Recognize the different mineral resources and

methods of recovery of transition elements.

- Lectures

- Discussions

Exams (Majors + Final)

2.2 Compare between the different physical and

chemical properties of d-block elements and s-

block and p-block elements.

- Lectures

- Discussions

Exams (Majors + Final)

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 None

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Demonstrate the abundance and methods of

extraction of transition elements.

Lectures, Research and

homework activities

Reports, homework,

quizzes

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 None

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.3 2.1 4.1

1.1

1.2

2.1

2.2

4.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

Page 80:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1

Reports, Homework, Quizzes Weekly 10%

2 Major 1 exam 6th Week 20%

3

Major 2 exam 12th Week 20%

4

Final exam

Scheduled

by the

registrar

50%

Total --- 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

2 hours / week

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd Ed., Catherine E. Housecroft and Alan G. Sharpe, Pearson Prentice Hall

2008

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

a) 'Basic Inorganic Chemistry' - F.A. Cotton, G. Wilkinson and P.L. Gaus, John Wiley and Sons,

Inc. 3rd Ed., 1994.

b) Inorganic Chemistry, Miessler, G.L. and Tarr, D.A., 3rd edition, Pearson Prentice

Hall, Upper Saddle River, N.J., 2004.

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

Page 81:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

Lecture room (About 30 seats) well equipped for students

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

Computer with Active Inspire software installed, Data show, Smart board and presenter Internet

connection

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course

Analyzing the questionnaire by the Quality Committee in the department and giving feedback to the

instructor of the course and the department for further improvement actions.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

Attending workshop concerning educational (pedagogic) methods

- Attending teachers' meetings

- Discussion between the responsible of the course and the students

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

(a) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms

approved by the QC & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the

departmental and higher councils.

(b) The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is

reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

(c) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.

Page 82:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Name of Course Instructors: Dr. Abd-Alhhkeem H. Abu-Nawwas

Dr. Seham Nagib Tawfic & Dr. Manal Alkhabbas

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 83:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Volumetric and Gravimetric Analysis - CHEM 293

T6. Course Specifications

Page 84:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science/Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Volumetric and gravimetric analysis / CHEM 293

2. Credit hours: 4 credit hours (3 Lec. + 1 Lab.)

Contact hours: {3 Lec + 3 Lab} Each 3 lab contact hours equivalent to one credit hours.

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Dr. Wafaa Mohamed Yousef

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level three / 2nd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): N/A

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 102 – General chemistry II

8. Location if not on main campus: NA

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: N/A

B. Objectives

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this Course student will be:-

- Given the fundamental principles of volumetric and gravimetric analysis.

- Taught the basic calculations and data treatment methods in analytical chemistry

- Given the criteria for choosing the suitable analytical methods

- Acquire basic laboratory skills and techniques

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being

implemented. (e.g.

100% √

Page 85:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new

research in

the field)

3- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture

course material.

4- The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students

enrolled in the course only.

5- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings

6- Updating text books.

7- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.

8- Providing time for tutorial

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

This course intends to introduce the theory and fundamentals of classical analytical methods, and application

of the related knowledge to perform quantitative analysis in a laboratory, Basic calculations and data

treatment methods used in quantitative analysis.

1. Topics to be Covered in lectures

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact Hours

1. Introduction to Volumetric Analysis

1.1 Some terms used in Volumeric Titrimetry

1.2 Types of Volumetric Analysis

1.3 Requirement For Successful Volumetric Titration

1.4 Standard Solutions

1.5 Volumetric Calculations

1.6 Titration curves in Titrimetric Methods

1.5 4.5

2. Basic Calculations, Errors and statistical data Treatment methods 1.5 4.5

Page 86:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. Aqueous Solution and Chemical Equilibria

3.1 Calculation of Equilibrium Constant

3.2 Le Châtelier’s Principal

3.3 Solubility Product

3.4 Common ion effect

3.5 Calculation of Reactants and Products Concentrations at

equilibrium.

1.5 4.5

4. Principle and Application of Neutralization Titration

4.1 pH calculation

4.2 buffers

4.3 Endpoint determination

4.4 Titration curves

4.5 Applications

1.5 4.5

5. Precipitation Titrimetry

5.1 Ksp and Solubility Calculations

5.2 Titration curves

5.3 Argentometric Titrations

5.4 Endpoint determination

5.5 Indicators for a certain titration

5.6 Applications

1.5 4.5

6. Complex Formation Titration

6.1 Complexes

6.2 Types of Ligands

6.3 EDTA titrations

6.4 Titration curves

6.5 Endpoint determination

6.6 Applications

1.5 4.5

Page 87:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

7. Application of Oxidation/Reduction Titration

7.1 redox reactions

7.2 titration curves

7.3 endpoint determination

7.4 applications

1.5 4.5

8. Principles of Gravimetric Analysis

8.1 Classifications of Gravimetric methods

8.2 Properties of precipitates and precipitating reagents

8.3 Particle size and filterability of precipitates

8.4 Mechanism of Precipitate Formation

8.5 5Impurities in Precipitates

8.6 Drying and Ignition of Precipitates

8.7 Types of Precipitating Agents

2 6

9. Application of Gravimetric Methods 1 3

10. Calculations in Gravimetric Analysis 1.5 4.5

Total 15 45

Topics to be Covered in Laboratory

31. Introduction to analytical chemistry and Safety and security

32. Preparation of solutions(Molarity, ppm, (V/W)%) and making dilutions

33. Standardization and Calibration

34. Acid-base titration : Titration of a strong acid

35. Acid-base titration : Titration of a weak acid

36. Acid-base titration : Titration of a polyprotic acid

37. Redox Determination of Iron

38. Buffer Preparation

39. Precipitation titration

40. Complexometric Ca Determination

41. Gravimetric Sulfate Determination

42. Determination of Calcium by Gravimetric Analysis

Page 88:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 45 - 45 90 90 180

Credit 3 - 1 - 4 7.2

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

By the end of this course the students will be able to

1.1 Recognize the classical analytical techniques

including volumetric and gravimetric in the

analysis of particular sample

lecture, Discussion Major 1 & 2, quiz and

final exam and exam lab

1.2 Describe the calculation, errors and statistical

data Treatment methods in analytical chemistry

lecture, Discussion Major 1 & 2, quiz and

final exam and exam lab

2.0 Cognitive Skills

By the end of this course the students will be able to

2.1 Calculate different problems to estimate the

analyte concentration using volumetric and

gravimetric analysis

Lectures

Discussion

Brainstorming

Major 1 & 2, quiz and

final exam

2.2 Analyze chemical data related to volumetric

and gravimetric analysis

Lectures

Discussion

Brainstorming

Major 1 & 2, quiz and

final exam and exam lab

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

None

Page 89:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

By the end of this course the students will be able to

3.1 Collaborate effectively with other people in a

team.

lab demonstrations

small group work

lab reports

3.2 Select appropriate traditional techniques for

chemical analysis

Lectures

Discussion

Brainstorming

Major 1 & 2, final exam

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

By the end of this course the students will be able to

4.1 Interpret data derived from laboratory

observations and measurements in terms of

their significance and the theory underlying

them.

lab demonstrations

small group work

Lab reports

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 Perform analysis in the lab using different tools

and different technique

lab demonstrations

small group work

Lab reports

Lab exams

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project,

examination, speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment 1 Class activities (in class quizzes, homework, group

report)

Regularly 5%

2 Major I exams (10% lecture + 5% Theoretical lab

exam)

6 15% (10% Lect + 5%

Lab) 3 Practical Lab 1 exam 7 10%

4 Major II exams 12 15%

5 Final lab exam 15 10%

6 Final exam As scheduled on

the banner

45%

7 Total 100%

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program

LO #s across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.2 2.1 2.5 3.2 3.3 4.3 5.1

1.1 √

1.2 √

2.1 √

2.2 √

3.1 √

3.2 √

4.1 √

5.1 √

Page 90:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

c. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.

d. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and career advice, and

general counseling.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks

- Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, Jan 1, 2013 9th Edition by Douglas A. Skoog

and Donald M. West , F. James Holler (Author), Stanley R. Crouch (Author), ISBN-

10: 0495558281 | ISBN-13: 9780495558286

- Analytical Chemistry: An Introduction, 8th ed. by D.A. Skoog, D. M. West, F. J. Holler

and S.R. Crouch (2007). ISBN 0-03-020293-0.

- Analytical Chemistry, 7th Edition by Gary D. Christian, Purnendu K. Dasgupta, Kevin A.

Schug, 2013- 2014, ISBN : 978-1-118-80516-9

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)

1. http://ull.chemistry.uakron.edu/analytical/

2. http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm

3. http://www.statsoft.com/textbook/stathome.html

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)

1. Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 7th edition, D. Harris, Freeman, 2007.

2. The Essential Guide to Analytical Chemistry, 2nd edition by Georg Schwedt. Wiley

publisher, 1997. ISBN-10: 0471974129, ISBN-13: 978-0471974123.

4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)

http://pubs.acs.org/journal/ancham

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01659936

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01659936

http://www.odu.edu/sci/xu/chem321/chem321.htm

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or

regulations and software.

1- Power point prepared by the course instructor.

2- Materials available on the lecture's home page.

3- Handout of analytical chemistry.

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

Page 91:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

3- Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats).

4- Data show, computer and internet.

5- Chemical laboratory with at least 25 places.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

• Data show

• Smart Board

• Blackboard

• Multimedia associated with the text book and the relevant websites.

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

Lab. containing all the necessary chemicals, glassware and equipment to run all the experiments.

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1..Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching

c. Discussion with students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the

teaching process used during the course.

d. Confidential completion of course evaluation survey.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor

d. Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.

e. Periodical evaluation of the course by the department.

f. Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching

1. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.

2. Workshop presented with experts on modern teaching methodologies.

3. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.

4 Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an

independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and

remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)

Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and

planning for improvement.

• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring

forms approved by the QU & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved

in the departmental and higher councils.

• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course

(course report).

• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the

proposed changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Wafaa Mohamed Yousef

Page 92:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 93:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Method of Spectroscopic Analysis - CHEM 294

T6. Course Specifications

Page 94:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date:18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Method of Spectroscopic Analysis - CHEM 294

2. Credit hours: 2 hours (2Lec.)

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Dr.Wafaa Mohamed Yousef

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level four / 2nd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Volumetric and Gravimetric Analysis / CHEM 293

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): N/A

8. Location if not on main campus: Main campus (Boys’ branch)

Main campus (girls’ branch), building 14 C

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: offered material of course manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to power

point representation.

100 √

Page 95:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

B. Objectives

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

On the completion of the course, graduates will be thought:

the General concepts of different instruments used in chemical analysis, that enable them to:

- Provide a valuable theoretical introduction and an overview of modern topics in chemical spectroscopy

- Differentiate between the different types of analytical methods

- Choose the appropriate technique for the specific application

- Develop critical thinking for interpreting analytical data.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

- The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students enrolled in the

course

- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture course material.

- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings

- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

The main objective of this course is to familiarize students with the current spectroscopic analysis techniques

used in various analytical applications through learning their operation, design, problem, and linking the

outcome of these instruments with meaningful information.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

1. Introduction to Instrumental Analysis

1.1 classification of Analytical Methods

1.2Types of Instrumental Methods

1.3 Instruments for Analysis

1.4 Selecting an analytical Method

1.5 Calibration of Instrumental Method

2 4

Page 96:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. An Introduction to spectrometric methods

2.1General properties of electromagnetic radiation

2.2 general designs of optical instruments

2.3 Sources of Radiation

2.4 Wavelength Selectors

2.5 Sample Containers

2.6 Radiation Transducers

2 4

3. Atomic absorption and atomic fluorescence Spectrometry

3.1 Sample Atomization Techniques

3.2 Atomic Absorption Instrumentation

3.3 Interferences in atomic absorption

3.4 Atomic Absorption analytical techniques

3.5 Atoimc fluorescence spectroscopy

2 4

4. An introduction to UV/Visible molecular absorption spectrometry

4.1 introduction to UV/Visible molecular absorption

4.2 Application of UV/Visible molecular absorption

4.3 Molecular Luminescence spectrometry

2 4

5. An introduction to infrared spectrometry

5.1 Theory of IR

5.2 IR sources and Transducers

5.3 IR instruments

5.4 Application of IR

2 4

6. NMR Spectroscopy (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy)

6.1 Theory of NMR

6.2 NMR spectrometers

6.3 Application of NMR

6.4Types of NMR

2 4

7. Molecular mass spectrometry

7.1 An Introduction to mass spectrometry

7.2 Instrumentation mass spectrometry

7.3 Applications of mass spectrometry

1.5 3

Page 97:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

8. Molecular Spectroscopy: photoacoustic spectroscopy

8.1 An Introduction to photoacoustic spectroscopy

8.2 Instrumentation photoacoustic spectroscopy

8.3 Applications of photoacoustic spectroscopy

1.5 3

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Recognize the basic and general concepts of

different spectroscopic analysis and

instruments used for analysis.

Lecture, discussion

Majors 1 & 2, Quiz and

final exam

0 Hours

Page 98:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Differentiate between different spectroscopic

methods used for analysis

Lecture, Discussion,

Brainstorming

Majors 1 & 2, Quiz and

final exam

2.2 Calculate different problems belong to

spectroscopic analysis

Lecture, Discussion,

Brainstorming

Majors 1 & 2 and final

exam

2.3 Analyze different situations and problems

relevant to spectroscopic analysis

lecture , Discussion,

Brainstorming

Majors 1 & 2 and final

exam

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Select appropriate instrumental techniques for

chemical analysis

lecture , Discussion,

Brainstorming

Majors 1 & 2, Quiz and

final exam

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Research on different topics in many websites

of spectroscopic analysis

Research activity

Individual and group

Presentation evaluations

research assessment

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 N/A

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across

the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 2.1 2.5 2.3 3.1 3.3 4.1

1.1 √

2.1 √

2.2 √

2.3 √

3.1 √ √

4.1 √

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Home works , Quizzes in the class room weekly 10%

2

Major exams I 7 th week 20%

3 Major exams II 12th week 20%

4 Final exam

15th week

scheduled by

the registrar

50%

Total ---- 100%

Page 99:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

- Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’

consultation and academic advice.

- Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 2hrs/week for helping the students

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

- Principles of Instrumental Analysis 6th edition, 2007 by Douglas A. Skoog and F. James Holler,

ISBN-13: 978-0495012016 ISBN-10: 0495012017

- Analytical Chemistry: An Introduction, 8th ed. by D.A. Skoog, D. M. West, F. J. Holler and

- S.R. Crouch (2007). ISBN 0-03-020293-0.

- Douglas A. Skoog , F. James Holler, Stanley R. Crouch, 2006, Principles of Instrumental

- Analysis, 6th edition, Brooks Cole. ISBN-10: 0495012017, ISBN-13: 978-0495012016.

- Vogel’s : Text book of quantitative chemical analysis, 5th Ed.(1989) , John Wiley and Sons,

- Lnc, New York, USA.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

- Journal: UPRM-Databases; http://www.uprm.edu/library/cre/listdbsp.php?l=1&st=15&sh=15 - Journal of Instrumental Analysis

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

Chemical Analysis: Modern Instrumentation Methods and Techniques, 2nd ed (2007) by Francis and Annick Rouessac, Publisher: Wiley; ISBN: 0470859032

- Skoog, D.A.; Holler, F. J.; Nieman, T.A. Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 6th Ed. Harcourt Brace: Philadelphia, 2007.

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

http://faculty.uml.edu/David_Ryan/84.314

http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm0T

0Thttp://www.uvm.edu/~jgoldber/courses/chem221/links.html0T -

http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm

http://userwww.service.emory.edu/~kmurray/mslist.html

http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm

http://www.odyseus.nildram.co.uk/RFIC_Theory_Files/Noise_Tutorial.pdf

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

4- Power point prepared by the course instructor.

Page 100:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5- Materials available on the lecture's home page

6- Instrumental analysis software,( CD of the text book)

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

- Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

- Data Show (overhead projector).

- Computer and internet connection

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

- Data show

- Smart board

- Blackboard

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

No other sources

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching process

that used for course.

- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

- Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.

- Peer consultation on teaching

- Departmental council discussions

- Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

9. Subscribe in global magazines and journals.

10. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

11. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

4. Encouragement of faculty members to attend professional development conferences

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Remarking of test papers by a another faculty member from the same department

Page 101:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

-Improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course (course

report)

- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to

be taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.

- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

Changes.

- Have a curriculum review committee to review the curriculum periodically and suggest

Improved

Name of Course Instructor: _________________________________________________

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 102:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Nano-Chemistry - CHEM 310

T6. Course Specifications

Page 103:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 22/11/2016

College/Department: College of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Nano-Chemistry (CHEM 310)

2. Credit hours: 2

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: BSc Chemistry

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. A.H. Abu-Nawwas

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 5th level / 3th year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): General Chemistry II (CHEM 102)

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): NA

8. Location if not on main campus: NA

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

B. Objectives

100%

Page 104:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course, students will be:

Taught the various types of dispersion systems, properties and preparations of colloidal systems, the

factors affecting the stability of colloids, the surfactant aggregation and emulsions.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

a. Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture

course material.

b. The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students

enrolled in the course only.

c. Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.

d. Giving tasks to enhance the student's skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description: This course is offered to students who are interested in solid chemistry and

nanomaterials. It will introduce students to the synthesis, applications, characterization, properties,

fabrication methods (top down & bottom up), functionalization and use of solid materials and

nanomaterials such as nanoparticles and nano-porous materials.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Introduction to Nanochemistry. 2 4

Size effect in Nanochemistry. 2 4

Synthesis and stabilization of nanoparticles 3 6

Self-Assembly of Nanostructures 2 4

Carbon based Nanostructures 2 2

Inverse Systems: Nanoporous Solids 2 4

Characterization techniques of nanoparticles 2 4

Page 105:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Define the nano-scale materials and list their

principle characteristics

- Lectures

- Discussions Exams (Majors + Final)

1.2 State different methods for Synthesis and/or

stabilization of nano-scale materials.

- Lectures

- Discussions Exams (Majors + Final)

1.3 Outline the properties and/or applications of

nanoparticles

- Lectures

- Discussions Exams (Majors + Final)

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Write five points of difference between

nanomaterials and bulk materials

- Lectures

- Discussions Exams (Majors + Final)

2.2 Explain the forces which are responsible for

self-assembly

- Lectures

- Discussions Exams (Majors + Final)

2.3 Compare the principles of the characterization

techniques and justify the use of each one.

- Lectures

- Discussions Exams (Majors + Final)

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Show the ability to work in-group. Group work

Homework, quizzes and

group reports

0

Page 106:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Online Researching on different topics in

different websites of nanochemistry Research activity Group reports

5.0

Psychomotor

NA NA NA

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.2 1.7 2.1 2.3 3.2 4.1

1.1

1.2

1.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

3.1

4.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1 Class activities (homework, quizzes, group reports) Each chapter 10%

2 Major I exam. Around 6th -

7th

20%

3 Major II exam. Around 11th

-12th week

20%

4 Final exam. As scheduled

on the banner

50%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

a. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.

b. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and

career advice, and general counseling.

E. Learning Resources

Page 107:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. List Required Textbooks:

G.B. Sergeev, K.J. Klabunde, Nanochemistry, Elsevier, 2013, ISBN: 978-0-444-59397-9

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

a. International Journal of Nanomaterials and Chemistry (IJNC)

b. Journal of Nanomaterials (JNM)

c. Nanochemistry - American Chemical Society

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

a. Robert Kelsall, Ian W. Hamley , Mark Geoghegan, Nanoscale Science and Technology,

Wiley | 2005-04-29 | ISBN: 0470850868

b. C Brechignac, P Houdy, M Lahmani, Nanomaterials and Nanochemistry, 2011, Wiley,

ISBN: 0444593977

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

http://www.zyvex.com/nanotech/feynman.html .

http://itri.loyola.edu/nano/IWGN.Public.Brochure .

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

a. Power point prepared by the course instructor.

b. Materials available on the lecturer's home page.

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats).

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

a. Data show.

b. Smart Board.

c. Computer and internet connection.

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

NA

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

Page 108:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

a. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.

b. Discussion with students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the

teaching strategies.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

a. Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field.

b. Peer consultation on teaching.

c. Discussions within the group of faculty members teaching the same course.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

a. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of the course evaluation.

b. Workshop given by experts on modern teaching methodologies.

c. Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

a. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed. Any changes should be

approved by the departmental and higher councils.

b. The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is

reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

c. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. A. H. Abu-Nawwas

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: ___05/12/2016_____

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 109:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Biochemistry CHEM 312

T6. Course Specifications

Page 110:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date of Report: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Biochemistry, CHEM 312

2. Credit hours: 2 hrs

Contact hours: 2 hrs lecture

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered (If general elective available in many programs indicate

this rather than list programs):

B.Sc. Chemistry program

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Male branch: Dr. Abdel-Monem Abdalla

Female branch: Dr. Safaa Abd ElWahab

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 6th level / 3rd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Organic Chemistry II (CHEM 274)

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus: Not applicable

9. Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. e-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

Traditional classroom instruction includes power point presentation, explanation on smart

board/white board and class room discussion.

100%

Page 111:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

B Objectives

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

This is a fundamental course in biochemistry. At the end of this course, the students will be

• Taught the scientific basis of life processes with major emphasis on biomolecules

such as carbohydrates, proteins, lipids and nucleic acids.

• Taught the properties of water (medium of life) and the regulation of pH of

biological fluids by buffers.

• Taught the nomenclature, structure and forces that maintain the structure of major

biomolecules.

• Given the functional groups in biomolecules and their characteristic chemical

reactions.

• Familiarized with the biological functions of major biomolecules.

• Taught the principles of enzymes, metabolism of biomolecules (especially,

metabolism of carbohydrates) and bioenergetics.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in

the field).

• Update of teaching material with reference to the latest edition of the reference book

and latest research progress in the field (without modifying the course description).

• Availability of course material in the faculty website that could be easily accessed

by the students.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form to be used for the Bulletin or handbook )

Course Description:

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact Hours

Page 112:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. Introduction to biochemistry

1.1. The chemical elements of life

1.2. Many macromolecules are polymers

1.3. The energetics of life

1.4. Water is an excellent solvent

1.5. Noncovalent interactions

1.6. pH of biological fluids

1.7. Buffered solutions resist changes in pH

3 6

2. Amino acids and proteins

2.1. General structures of amino acids

2.2. Structure of 20 common amino acids

2.3. Ionization of amino acids

2.4. Peptide bonds link amino acids in proteins

2.5. Four levels of protein structure

2.6. Protein-protein interactions

2.7. Biological functions of proteins

2 4

3. Enzymes

3.1. Six classes of enzymes

3.2. Kinetic experiments reveal enzyme properties

3.3. Reversible enzyme inhibition

3.4. Irreversible enzyme inhibition

3.5. Regulation of enzyme activity

3.6. Multi enzyme complexes and multifunctional enzymes

2 4

4. Carbohydrates

4.1. Monosaccharides

4.2. Derivatives of monosaccharides

4.3. Disaccharides and glycosides

4.4. Polysaccharides

4.5. Glycoconjugates

2 4

Page 113:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5. Nucleic acids

5.1. Nucleotides are the building blocks of nucleic acids

5.2. DNA is double stranded

5.3. Cells contain several kinds of RNA

5.4. DNA replication

5.5. Transcription and RNA processing

5.6. Protein synthesis

2 4

6. Lipids

6.1. Structural and functional diversity of lipids

6.2. Fatty acids

6.3. Triacylglycerols

6.4. Glycerophospholipids

6.5. Sphingolipids

6.6. Steroids

6.7. Other biologically important lipids

2 4

7. Metabolism

7.1. Metabolism is network of reactions

7.2. Metabolic pathways

7.3. Glycolysis

7.4. Fate of pyruvate produced in glycolysis

7.5. The citric acid cycle

7.6. Energy production in the citric acid cycle

2 4

Total

15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

Page 114:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week.

*Minimum learning hours that must be spent by the student to study course materials.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods

and Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Recall the nomenclature and structure of

biomolecules (carbohydrates, proteins, lipids

and nucleic acids).

Lecture Exams ( Major I, Major

II and Final ) + Quizzes

1.2 Define the role of water and biological buffers

in living organism.

Lecture Exams ( Major I, Major

II and Final ) + Quizzes

1.3 Describe various biochemical reactions

(Metabolism of some biomolecule) and

biocatalysis (by enzymes).

Lecture Exams ( Major I, Major

II and Final ) + Quizzes

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Summarize the major classes of biomolecules,

their sub-divisions and localization.

Lecture Exams ( Major I, Major

II and Final ) + Quizzes

2.2 Differentiate various biomolecules based on the

functional groups and chemical

bonds/interactions present in biomolecules.

Lecture Exams ( Major I, Major

II and Final ) + Quizzes

2.3 Calculate the energy production (in the form of

ATP) during carbohydrate metabolism.

Lecture and group

discussion

Exams ( Major I, Major

II and Final ) + Quizzes 3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Demonstrate critical thinking, problem- solving

and time-management skills.

Group discussion and

brainstorming.

Homework +

Group report

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Use websites for collecting information about

biomolecules

Research activity Group report

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 Not applicable

2 hrs*

Page 115:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project,

examination, speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of

Total Assessment

1 Homework and Quizzes Weekly 10%

2 Major 1 examination 6th week 20%

3 Major 2 examination 12th week 20%

4 Final examination 16th week 50%

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program

LO #s across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.2 2.1 2.3 2.7 3.1 4.1 4.2 1.1-

1.2- √ 1.3-

2.1. √ 2.2

2.3 √ 3.1. √ 4.1.. √

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project,

examination, speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of

Total

Assessment

1 Class activates ( in class quizzes, homework) weekly 10%

2

Major exams I Within the sixth week

20%

3

Major exams II Within the Tenth week

20%

5

Final exam As scheduled by the registrar

50%

Total - 100%

Page 116:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)

• Faculty member is available in his/her office for individual student consultation and

academic advice. Detailed office hours (about 20 hrs/week) will be given to students

in the first class of the lecture. The same information is also displayed outside the

office.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks

Principles of Biochemistry by Laurence Moran, Robert Horton, Gray Scrimgeour, Marc Perry

and David Rawn. Publisher: Pearson Education, Fifth edition, 2013. ISBN-10: 1292021748,

ISBN-13: 978-1292021744.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)

Harpter’s Illustrated Biochemistry by Robert Murray, Victor Rodwell, David Bender, Kathleen

M. Botham, P. Anthony Weil, Peter J. Kennelly. 28th edition, 2009. Published by: Mc Graw Hill

Publication. ISBN: 0-07-146197-3.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)

Biochemistry by Reginald H. Garrett, Charles M. Grisham. Publisher: Cengage Learning, Fifth

edition, 2012. ISBN-10: 1133106293, ISBN-13: 978-1133106296.

4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)

http://www.biochem4schools.org/

http://www.biochemistry.org/Education/Schoolresources/Biochemistrybooklets.aspx

http://www.csun.edu/~hcchm001/biosites.htm

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations and

software.

Not applicable

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.)

• Classroom with at least 25 seats

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.)

Page 117:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

• Laptop computer

• Data show

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach

list)

None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching

• Filling of the evaluation form.

• Discussion with the students about the difficulties.

• Success percentage at the end of the course.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor

• Peer consultation on teaching.

• Discussion with in the group of faculty members teaching the course.

• Evaluation by the head of the Department / Committee of Quality and Development.

Page 118:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching

• Self evaluation and feedback report will be adopted to improve the quality of the

teaching.

• Following the instructions given by Quality and Development Deanship of the

university.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample

of assignments with staff at another institution)

• Review of students’ answer paper (final exam) by a member of Quality and

Development Committee.

• Occasional correction of student’s answer paper (final exam) by a faculty member

other than the instructor.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

• Periodical revision of course material with respect to the latest edition of the

reference book, comments from the instructor and students to make appropriate

changes and updates.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Abdel-Monem Abdalla

Signature: Report Completion Date: 05/11/2016

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received:

Page 119:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Green Chemistry – CHEM 314

T6. Course Specifications

Page 120:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 14/12/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Green Chemistry – CHEM.314

2. Credit hours: 2hours 3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Dr. Essam Ul-Deen Nabih Mohamed Ads

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 6th level / 3th year (Elective course)

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any):

Organic Chemistry II –CHEM 274

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus: Main campus

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 100%

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: Offered material of course manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to power point representation and add to blackboard.

B. Objectives

Page 121:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course the students will be:

• Taught the basic concepts of Green chemistry effectively.

• Given the twelve principle of Green Chemistry.

• Given the Sustainability and its commandments.

• Taught the difference between Green reaction and non green one.

• Taught how Participate in the development and implementation of environmental policies,

strategies and planning.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

• The course material will be posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be accessed by the

students enrolled in the course only and the blackboard.

• Using an educational videos

• Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

The goal of this course is to understand the general concept of Green chemistry that modify or totally

redesign chemical products and processes with the objective of minimizing wastes and the use or generation

of particularly dangerous materials, study the difference between the environmental and green chemistry and

the 12 principles of green chemistry and its applications. Learn how we can design Safer Chemicals and

reactions. To develop the students' understanding of the twelve principles of Green Chemistry and its

applications.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Meaning of Green Chemistry 1 2

Difference between Green and environmental Chemistry 1 2

The twelve Principles of green Chemistry 4 8

Sustainability and its commandments 2 4

Safety in designing and carrying out chemical reactions 3 6

Designing Chemistry according to the twelve principles 4 8

Total 15 30

Page 122:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Define the basics of Green Chemistry and the

Twelve principles of Green Chemistry

Lecture by using power

point presentation

Major I, Final Exam

1.2 Write the sustainability in view of concept of Green

Chemistry.

Brainstorming ,

Lecture by using power

point presentation

Major II, Final Exam

1.3 Identify the safety in designing and carrying out

chemical reactions according to the twelve

principles

Brainstorming

Lecture by using power

point presentation.

Major I, Final Exam

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Differentiate between green methods and non- Brainstorming Major I, Major II, Final

Page 123:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

green methods -Group discussion Exam

2.2 Designing Chemistry according to the twelve

principles

Brainstorming ,

Lecture by using power

point presentation

Major I, Major II, Final

Exam

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Choose the green method in chemical reaction Brain storming ,

Lecture by using power

point presentation

Major II, Final Exam,

Homework

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Researching on internet on green chemistry research activities

by individual or group

presentations

Group report

4.2 Calculating the percentages of the atom

economy and theoretical product in chemical

reaction

Lecture by using power

point presentation Theoretical Exam

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 N.A N.A N.A

5.2

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.4 3.3 4.1 4.3

1.1 √

1.2 √

1.3 √

2.1 √

2.2 √

3.1 √

4.1 √

4.2 √

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Class ( in class quizzes, homework, group report , small research projects or individual Or/ and group presentations)

Each

chapter

10%

2

Major exams I Around 6th

-7th

20%

Page 124:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3 Major exams II Around 11th

-12th week

20%

4 Final exam As

scheduled

on the

banner

50%

5 Total - 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’

consultation and academic advice.

• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the students

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

S. E. Manahan, Green Chemistry, and the Ten Commandments of Sustainability, 3rd

edn, Columbia, ChemChar Research, 2011, ISBN: 978-0-615-43383-7.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

Green Chemistry: An Introductory Text, by M. Lancaster, 2002, The Royal Society of Chemistry,

Cambridge, UK, ISBN 0-85404-620-8

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

Green Chemistry: Theory and Practice by Paul T. Anstas, John C. Warner, 2000, Oxford University Press,

USA. ISBN-10: 0198506988, ISBN-13: 978-0198506980

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

• www.chem.monash.edu.au › ... › Resources

• http://www.epa.gov/gcc/

• http://greenchem.uoregon.edu/ • http://www.youtube.com/results?search_query=green+chemistry&aq=f • http://vodpod.com/watch/1935918-green-chemistry

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

• Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Materials available on the course teacher 's home page and blackboard

Page 125:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

• Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with electronic board with its pen.

• Data Show (overhead projector).

• Laser remote for moving the power point slides.

• Computer and internet connection.

• Ball and Stick models of organic molecules.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

Data show, Smart Board, software

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process that used for course especially after the first queues and the major I.

• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.

• Any conclusion comes from the academic advisor of the student must be in consideration.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

• Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field

• Peer consultation on teaching

• Departmental council discussions

• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

12. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field

13. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

14. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

15. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.

Page 126:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Remarking of test papers by a another faculty member from the same department

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.

• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is reported

to the course instructor officially through the department

• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes

Name of Course Instructor: _Dr.Essam Ul-Deen Nabih Mohamed Ads____________

Signature: __ ____ Report Completion Date: _14/12/2016_

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 127:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Biochemistry II - CHEM 318

T6. Course Specification

Page 128:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 18.12.2016

College/Department: College of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Biochemistry II / CHEM 318

2. Credit hours: 2 hours

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

B.Sc. Chemistry program

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Male Branch: Dr. Saravanan Rajendrasozhan

Female Branch: Dr. Safaa A. Abd Elwahab

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 7th level / Fourth year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Biochemistry (CHEM 312)

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus: Not applicable

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: In addition to the power point presentation, the content of the course will also explained using

smart board or white board.

B. Objectives

100% √

Page 129:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course, the students will be

1) Taught the general concept of lipid metabolism as well as the structure and functions of biological

membranes.

2) Given the general properties and functions of vitamins and hormones.

3) Taught the characteristic features of enzymes and mechanism of enzyme action.

4) Given the rate of enzyme-catalyzed reaction and enzyme kinetics.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

9- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture / course

material.

10- The course materials will be uploaded in the website (BlackBoard) in the beginning of each semester

that could be accessed only by the students enrolled in this course.

11- Up-dating the course content with reference to the latest edition of the reference book and latest

research progress in the field (without modifying the course description).

12- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

The goal of this course is to understand the following topics: The biosynthesis of lipids and steroids,

structure and function of biological membranes, vitamins and their classification, hormones and mechanism

of hormones actions, enzyme structures and functions, enzymes kinetics and mechanisms of enzymatic

catalysis, and coenzymes dependent enzymes mechanisms.

1. Topics to be Covered:

Page 130:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

1) Introduction

1 2

2) Lipids: Structures and metabolism

2.1. Structures and chemistry of fatty acids

2.2. β- oxidation of lipids

2.3. Fatty acids synthesis

2.4. Cholesterol synthesis

2.5. Eicosanoids synthesis and their functions.

2.6. Transport of lipids throughout the body

2

4

3) Structure and function of biological membranes.

3.1. Chemical and physical properties of membrane

3.2. Structure and chemistry of membrane proteins

3.3. Asymmetric and heterogeneous structure biological membranes

3.4. Dynamic processes that modulate membrane function

3.5. Transport of substances across the plasma membrane

3

6

4) Vitamins and their classification

4.1. Classification of vitamins

4.2. Characteristics of vitamins

4.3. Lipid-soluble vitamins

4.4. Water soluble vitamins

4.5. Vitamins and coenzymes

4.6. Types of cofactors

3

6

5) Hormones structure and function

5.1. The chemical nature of hormones

5.2. Hormone Analogs: Agonists and Antagonists

5.3. Exocrine, endocrine, paracrine and autocrine secretion

5.4. Direct modification of protein by signaling molecules

3

6

5.5 Hormone receptors

5.6. Recognition and interaction of hormones by receptors

Page 131:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

6) Enzymes and mechanism of Enzyme Action

6.1.Characteristic Features Define Enzymes

6.2.Rate of an Enzyme-Catalyzed Reaction

6.3. Kinetics of Enzyme-Catalyzed Reaction

6.4.Coenzymes and enzymes mechanism

6.5. Mechanism of Enzyme Action

3

6

15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

*Minimum learning hours that must be spent by the student to study course materials.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code NQF Learning Domains Course Teaching Course Assessment

2 hours*

Page 132:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

# And Course Learning Outcomes Strategies Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Describe the structure as well as synthesis of

fatty acids, fatty acid oxidation and the

synthesis of cholesterol.

• Lectures using

conventional and data

show presentations.

• Theoretical Exams

• Homework

• Quizzes

1.2 Recognize the structures and properties of

biomolecules that constitute the biological

membrane and relate the structures to

functions.

• Lectures using

conventional and data

show presentations.

• Theoretical Exams

• Homework

• Quizzes

1.3 Describe the structures of vitamins and

hormones.

• Lectures using

conventional and data

show presentations.

• Theoretical Exams

• Homework

• Quizzes

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Appraise the role of enzymes in life. • Lectures using

conventional and data

show presentations.

• Theoretical Exams

• Homework

• Quizzes

2.2 Explain principles of vitamins and hormones

and their roles in the cell functions.

• Lectures using

conventional and data

show presentations.

• Theoretical Exams

• Homework

• Quizzes

2.3 Calculate the different parameters belongs the

elementary enzyme kinetics (such as Km,

Vmax) and inhibitors.

• Lectures using

conventional and data

show presentations.

• Theoretical Exams

• Homework

• Quizzes

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Analyze the properties of enzymes under

various physiological conditions.

• Group discussion

• Brainstorming.

• Exams (oral and

written)

• Quizzes

• Participation in

discussion

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Communicate in with the instructor both orally

and in writing.

• Lecture

• Group discussion

• Theoretical Exams

• Participation in

discussion

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 Not applicable

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top).

Page 133:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 2.1 2.7 3.1 4.2

1.1 √

1.2 √

1.3 √

2.1 √

2.2 √

2.3 √

3.1 √

3.2 √

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1 Class activates ( in-class quizzes, homework, group report) Once in

two weeks 10%

2 Major examination 1 6 20%

3 Major examination 2 12 20%

4 Final examination After 15th

week 50%

Total 100 %

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

Each faculty member is available in his/her office at least 10 hours/week for students' consultation and

academic advice. Detailed office hour information will be given to students during the first lecture. The same

information is also displayed outside the faculty member’s office.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

Principles of Biochemistry by Laurence Moran, Robert Horton, Gray Scrimgeour, Marc Perry and David

Rawn. Publisher: Pearson Education, Fifth edition, 2013. ISBN-10: 1292021748, ISBN-13: 978-

1292021744.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

Journal of Biochemistry

Page 134:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

Lippincott's Illustrated Reviews: Biochemistry by Pamela C. Champe, Richard A. Harvey and Denise R.

Ferrier. 4th edition (2009). Lippincott Williams. ISBN 0781769604.

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

Web sites of biochemical society, http://www.biochemistry.org/Education.aspx

BlackBoard: https://uoh.blackboard.com/

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

None

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

6- Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats)

7- Data show, computer and internet.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

2- Data show / Smart Board

3- ActivInspire software (for smart board)

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

1- Discussion with student about the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching methods used in the

course.

2- Confidential completion of course evaluation questionnaire by the students.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

1- Periodical evaluation by the head of the Department / Committee of Quality and Development.

2- Discussion with in the group of faculty members teaching the course.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

1- The teaching methods will be improved in response to the course evaluation by the students.

Page 135:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2- Participating in workshops on modern teaching methodologies.

3- Following the instructions given by Deanship of Quality and Development in the University.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

1- Occasional remarking of students’ answer papers (final exam) by another faculty member in the

department.

2- Review of students’ answer paper (final exam) by a member of Quality and Development

Committee.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

1- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms

approved by the Deanship of Quality and Development & the department.

2- The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is

reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Saravanan Rajendrasozhan

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 136:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Industrial Chemistry - CHEM 319

T6. Course Specifications

Page 137:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 6/11/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Industrial Chemistry (CHEM 319)

2. Credit hours: 2

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry Program

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Dr. Emad A. Mowafy

Dr. Seham Nagib Tawfic

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 5th Level / 3rd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): General chemistry II (CHEM 102)

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): NA

8. Location if not on main campus: NA

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

100%

Page 138:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

B. Objectives

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

The main objectives of this course as a one of applied chemistry courses is to teach students:

1. The basic concepts of industrial chemical processes and equipment used for production of major

commercial products used in society.

2. The major factors affecting the choice of industrial chemical processes, such as cost / benefit /

impact on the environment and human health.

3. How to draw block-flow chart of industrial chemical processes.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

The contents of the course must be regularly updated due to modern applications in various industries

through websites and electronic libraries

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description: This course is mainly related to applied science of chemistry. The students should

study the important factors affecting the industrial production of different chemicals.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Chapter 1: Introduction to industrial Chemistry

1.1. Introduction: Overview of the industrial chemical processes and

primary raw materials

1.2. How to draw the block-flowchart of industrial Process and some

symbols of equipment

2 4

Chapter 2: Safety and environmental protection

2.1. Industrial safety and its environmental impact

2.2. International systems for environment protection

2 4

Chapter 3: Bulk Chemicals Industry

Page 139:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3.1. Industrial Acids: Production of Sulfuric, Nitric, hydrochloric,

phosphoric acids

3.2. Industrial basics: NaOH, Ammonia

3 6

Chapter 4: Special and Fine Chemicals production

4.1. Production of quick lime, and fertilizers

4.2. Production of fine chemicals such as aspirin

2 4

Chapter 5: Petroleum industry

5.1. Types of petroleum

5.2. Petroleum fractionation Process

2 4

Chapter 6: Fermentation industry

6.1. Importance of Fermentation

6.2. Fermentation process and equipment

2 4

Chapter 7: Soap and detergents

7.1. Soap production

7.2. Detergents production

2 4

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

0

Page 140:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge 1.1 List the main industrial sectors and chemical

processes involved

Lectures, discussions Exams (Majors + Final)

1.2 Describe the different industrial methods used

for production of chemicals

Lectures, discussions Exams (Majors + Final)

1.3 Outline the main chemical reactions involved

in industry and their environmental

consequences

Lectures, Group

discussions

Exams (Majors + Final)

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Compare between the different methods used

for industrial production

Lectures,

Brainstorming

Exams (Majors + Final)

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

NA

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

NA

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 Draw process block flowchart Small group work Exams, Quizzes and

Homework

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.2 1.6 2.1 5.1

Page 141:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1.1

1.2

1.3

2.1

5.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Home work, Quizzes in the class room Weekly 10%

2

Major 1 exam 7th Week 20%

3

Major 2 exam 12th Week 20%

4

Final exam

Scheduled

by the

registrar

50%

Total --- 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

2 hours / week

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

Introduction to Industrial Chemistry, by Howard L. White, John Wiley & Sons.1986.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

Page 142:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

Lecture room (About 30 seats) well equipped for students

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

Computer with Active Inspire software installed, Data show, Smart board and presenter Internet

connection

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course

Analyzing the questionnaire by the Quality Committee in the department and giving feedback to the

instructor of the course and the department for further improvement actions.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

Attending workshop concerning educational (pedagogic) methods

- Attending teachers' meetings

- Discussion between the responsible of the course and the students

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

(a) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms

approved by the QC & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the

departmental and higher councils.

Page 143:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

(b) The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is

reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

(c) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Emad A. Mowafy

Dr. Seham Nagib Tawfic

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 144:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Electrochemistry - CHEM 366

T6. Course Specifications

Page 145:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Electrochemistry - CHEM 366

2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Male Branch: Dr. Mohamed Mostafa Kamel Taher

Female Branch: Dr.Nashwa Abdul Shafy

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 5th level / 3rd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 262

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): NA

8. Location if not on main campus: NA

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

B. Objectives

100 %

Page 146:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this Course, students will be:

a. Taught the general concepts of electrolytic solutions.

b. Given the pathway to differentiate between different types of electrochemical cells.

c. Taught principles of different types of electrodes.

d. Taught the general concepts of electrode polarization.

e. Given the general concepts and principles of corrosion of metals.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in

the field)

13- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture

course material.

14- The course material will be posted on the website and could be accessed only by the students

enrolled in the course.

15- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.

16- Giving tasks to enhance the student's skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

The goal of this course is to understand the general concepts of solution of electrolytes, electrochemical

cells, types of electrodes, polarization of electrodes and corrosion of metals

1. Topics to be Covered:

Page 147:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

1. Electrolytic solutions

1.1. Faraday’s laws of electrolysis

1.2. Molar conductivity

1.3. Weak electrolytes, Arrhenius theory

1.4. Strong electrolytes

1.5. Independent migration of ions

1.6. Transport number

1.7. Ion conductivities

1.8. Thermodynamic of ions

1.9. Theories of ions in solution

4 8

2. Electrochemical Cells

2.1 Types of electrochemical cells

2.2 Standered electrode potential

2.3 Thermodynamics of electrochemical cells

2.4 Applications of EMF measurements

2.5 Fuel cells

2.6 Photogalvanic cells

2.7 Batteries

2.8 Electrolytic cells

4 8

3. Type of electrodes

3.1 Metal/Metal ion electrodes

3.2 Gas electrodes

3.3 Reference electrodes

3.4 Redox electrode

2 4

4. Polarization of Electrodes

4.1 Basic concepts

4.2 Types of overpotential

4.3 Tafel equation

4.4 Polarization phenomenon at the anode and the cathode.

4.5 Applications

2.5 5

5. Corrosion of metals

5.1 Basic concepts

5.2 Types of corrosion

5.3 Measurements of the corrosion rate

5.4 Corrosion protection

2.5 5

Total

15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

Practical

Other

Total

Page 148:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

or Studio (self- study) KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge By the end of this course the students will be able to

1.1

Recognize properties of electrolytic and non-

electrolytic solutions, types of electrochemical

cells, different types of electrodes.

Lecture, Discussion Quiz, Major I, Major II,

Final Exam

1.2 State the main idea about the electrode

polarization and the corrosion of metals. Lecture, Discussion

Quiz, Major I, Major II,

Final Exam

2.0

Cognitive Skills By the end of this course the students will be able to

2.1 Calculate different terms belonging to

conductivity of electrolytic solutions. Lecture, Discussion

Quiz, Major I, Major II,

Final Exam

2.2 Explain principles of designing different

electrochemical cells (Galvanic, electrolytic

and concentration).

Lecture, small group

Discussion. Quiz, Major I, Major II,

Final Exam

2.3 Evaluate different parameters related to the

potential of different types of electrodes,

polarization and corrosion.

Brain storming,

Lecture, small group

Discussion.

Quiz, Major I, Major II,

Final Exam

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility By the end of this course the students will be able to

3.1 Analyze different situations and problems

related to electrochemistry.

Discussion, Lecture,

Small group work. Homework

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical By the end of this course the students will be able to

None

Page 149:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4.1 Online Researching on different topics in

different websites of electrochemistry. Research activity Group reports.

5.0

Psychomotor By the end of this course the students will be able to

5.1 NA NA NA

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across

the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 2.2 3.2 4.1

1.1

1.2

2.1

2.2

2.3

3.1

4.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group

project, examination, speech, oral

presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total Assessment

1 Class activities (Quiz, Homework, group reports)

Each chapter 10%

2 Major I exam 6 20%

3 Major II exam 12 20%

4 Final exam As scheduled by

the Banner 50%

5 Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

a. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.

b. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and career

advice, and general counseling.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

Page 150:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Physical Chemistry: Thomas Engel and Philip Reid, 3rd Edition, 2013, ISBN-13: 978-0-321-81719-8

/ ISBN-10: 0-321-81719-2

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

- Journal of Physical chemistry.

- Fundamentals of Electrochemistry, V. S. Bagotsky, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., (2006).

ISBN: 10 0-471-70058-4 , ISBN: 13 978-0-471-70058-6.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

Physical chemistry: Julio de Paula Peter Atkins, Publisher: Oxford; W.H. Freeman, 2010. ISBN:

0199543372.

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

http://www.chem1.com/acad/webtext/elchem/

6. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

a. Power point prepared by the course instructor.

b. Materials available on the lecturer's home page.

c. Handout.

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats).

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

d. Data show.

e. Smart Board.

f. Computer and internet connection.

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

NA

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Completion of course evaluation survey

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

a. Periodical evaluation of the course by the department.

b. External reviewer.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

a. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.

b. Workshop presented with experts on modern teaching methodologies.

c. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.

Page 151:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Check marking by another faculty member from the same department

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

a. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms

approved by the DQD and the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the

departmental and higher councils.

b. The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is

reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

c. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Mohamed Mostafa Taher / Dr. Nashwa Saad Abd elshafy

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 152:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Practical Physical Chemistry 1 - CHEM 367

T6. Course Specifications

Page 153:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Practical Physical Chemistry 1 - CHEM 367

2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Male Branch: Dr. Moahmed Mostafa Taher / Dr. Ramzi Hadj Lajimi

Female Branch: Dr. Samah Abdel-Rhman Ahmed / Mrs: Sahar mahmoud Saleh Adham

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 5th level / 3rd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 262

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 366

8. Location if not on main campus: None

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

B. Objectives

100 %

Page 154:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course, students will be:

a. Given the characteristics and properties of gases and how to monitor them.

b. Taught the heat transactions during chemical reactions and phase transitions.

c. Given Partial molar quantities and colligative properties.

d. Taught general concept of electrolytic solutions.

e. Taught the difference between various types of electrochemical cells.

f. Given general concepts of metal corrosion and corrosion protection.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

a. Computer aided and web based assignments.

b. Electronic materials and computer based programs have been utilized to support the

experimental course material.

c. Updating the Lab. with the instruments related to the course topics.

d. Giving tasks to enhance the student's experimental skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

The first part (11 experiments) covers the general concepts of gas laws, heat transfer during chemical

and physico-chemical reactions, partial molar quantities, colligative properties, phase diagrams, and

viscosity measurements.

The second part (11 experiments) covers the general concept of electron transfer during chemical

reactions. It includes an overview on electrolytic solutions, electrochemical reactions, techniques used

in titration, corrosion, and electrolysis.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

01- Introduction to lab safety.

02- Calculations & Graphing in physical chemistry experiments 1 4

03- Electrolytes and non-electrolytes.

04- Determination of gas properties: Boyle’s Law. 1 4

05 Effect of dilution on conductivity.

06- Determination of gas properties: Guy Lussac’s Law. 1 4

07- Effect of temperature on the conductivity.

08- Determination of the enthalpy of combustion using a bomb calorimeter

– part I.

1 4

09- Conductometric titration – part I.

10- Determination of the enthalpy of combustion using a bomb calorimeter

– part II.

1 4

Page 155:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

11- Conductometric titration – part II.

12- Solubility diagram of two partially miscible liquids 1 4

13- Midterm exam for Electrochemistry experiments.

14- Midterm exam for chemical thermodynamics experiments. 1 4

15- Construction of Galvanic cell.

16- Determination of the molecular weight of a polymer from intrinsic

viscosity measurements.

1 4

17- Potentiometric titration.

18- Melting diagram of a binary mixture. 1 4

19- Decomposition potential.

20- Partial molar volume. 1 4

21- Electroplating.

22- Freezing point depression. 1 4

23- Effect of temperature on the corrosion rate.

24- Boiling point diagram of a binary mixture – part I. 1 4

25- Corrosion inhibition.

26- Boiling point diagram of a binary mixture – part II. 1 4

27- Revision for Electrochemistry experiments.

28- Revision for chemical thermodynamics experiments. 1 4

29- Final exam for Electrochemistry experiments.

30- Final exam for chemical thermodynamics experiments. 1 4

Total

15 60

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours - - 60 30 60 90

Credit - - 2 - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

None

Page 156:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

By the end of this course the students will be able to

1.1 State the properties of the studied topics. Discussion, Lecture Quiz, lab reports, mid-term

exams, final exams

1.2 Recognize the main concepts of thermodynamic

chemistry and electrochemistry Discussion, Lecture

Quiz, lab reports, mid-term

exams, final exams

2.0 Cognitive Skills:

By the end of this course the students will be able to

2.1 Explain principles and properties of the studied

topics. Brainstorming, Lecture

Quiz, lab reports, mid-term

exams, final exams

2.2 Calculate different thermodynamic and

electrochemical terms belonging to the studied

topics.

Brainstorming, Lecture. Quiz, lab reports, mid-term

exams, final exams

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility:

By the end of this course the students will be able to

3.1 Demonstrate the ability to work in small group. Small group work. Lab reports

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical:

By the end of this course the students will be able to

4.1 Online Researching on different topics in different

websites of physical chemistry. Research activity. Group reports.

5.0 Psychomotor:

By the end of this course the students will be able to

5.1 Manipulate the glassware and all the techniques

correctly and safely. Lab demonstrations.

Mid-term exams, final

exams

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.2 2.1 3.2 4.1 5.2

1.1

1.2

2.1

2.2

3.1

4.1

5.1

Page 157:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Quiz, Lab reports and class activities Each Lab 25%

2

Mid exam (practical 20%+ sheet 5%) 7 25%

4 Final exam (practical 40%+ sheet 10%) 15 50%

5 Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

a. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.

b. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and career

advice, and general counseling.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

Carl W. Garland, Joseph W. Nibler, David P. Shoemaker, Experiments in physical Chemistry, 8th Edition,

ISBN: 978-0-07-282842-9.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

Peter Atkins, Julio De Paula, Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 10th Edition, 2014, ISBN: 978-0199697403.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

Engel Reid, Physical Chemistry 2nd Edition, ISBN: 978-0-321-81719-8.

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

http://www.colby.edu/chemistry/PChem/Lecture1SDS.html

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

Power point prepared by the course instructor.

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

Laboratory room with 10 seats, equipped with board.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

g. Data show.

Page 158:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

h. Smart Board.

i. Computer and internet connection.

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

Necessary laboratory equipment to perform all the experiments.

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

a. Discussion with Students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the

teaching process used during the course.

b. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

a. Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field.

b. Peer consultation on teaching.

c. Departmental council discussions for course evaluation..

d. Discussions within teaching staff members.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

a. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

b. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Check marking of exam papers by another faculty staff member from the same department.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

a. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed. Any changes should be

approved by the departmental and higher councils.

b. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Ramzi Hadj Lajimi / Dr. Mohamed Mostafa taher

Dr. Samah Abdel-Rhman Ahmed / Mrs: Sahar mahmoud Saleh Adham

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 159:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Chemical Kinetics - CHEM 368

T6. Course Specifications

Page 160:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science/Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Chemical Kinetics / CHEM 368

2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Male Branch: Dr. Ramzi Hadj Lajimi Female Branch: Dr. Samah Abdel-Rhman Ahmed

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 6th level / 3rd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 262

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus: None

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

B. Objectives

100 %

Page 161:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this Course student will be :

a. Taught the main concepts and principles of chemical kinetics and factors affecting the rate of a

chemical reaction.

b. Given rate laws of simple, elementary and composite processes.

c. Taught the principles and postulates of kinetic theory of gases.

d. Taught the Graham's law of effusion/diffusion.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

17- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture course

material.

18- The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students enrolled in the

course only.

19- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.

20- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

The goal of this course is to understand the reaction rate and factors affecting the rate, simple

reactions, basic experimental methods of measuring reaction rate, kinetics of composite reactions,

Arrhenius equation, theories of reaction rates and Kinetic Theory of gases.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Chapter I: Chemical kinetics I: The Basic Ideas

1.1. Rates of Consumption and Formation.

1.2. Rate of Reaction.

1.3. Empirical Rate Equations.

1.4. Analysis of Kinetic Results.

1.5. Molecular Kinetics.

1.6. The Arrhenius Equation.

1.7. Potential-Energy Surfaces.

1.8. The Pre-exponential Factor.

1.9. Reactions in Solution.

1.10. Reaction Dynamics.

5 10

Page 162:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 2: Chemical Kinetics II: Composite Mechanisms

2.1. Evidence for a Composite Mechanism.

2.2. Types of Composite Reactions.

2.3. Rate Equations for Composite Mechanisms.

2.4. Rate Constants, Rate Coefficients, and Equilibrium Constants.

2.5. Free-Radical Reactions.

2.6. Photochemical Reactions.

2.7. Catalysis.

5 6

Chapter 3: Experimental Methods of measuring reaction rates

3.1. Physical measurements.

3.1.1. Continuous measurements.

3.1.2. Initial rate measurements (Clock reactions).

3.2. Chemical measurements (Titration).

3.3. Techniques for Very Fast Reactions.

3 10

Chapter 4: The Kinetic-Molecular Theory of Ideal Gases

4.1. The pressure of a gas derived from kinetic theory.

4.2. Kinetic energy and Temperature.

4.3. Dalton’s law of partial pressure.

4.4. Graham’s law of Effusion.

4.5. Molecular collisions.

4.6. The Barometric Distribution Law.

4.7. The Maxwell Distribution of Molecular Speeds and Translational

Energies.

2 4

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

Code NQF Learning Domains Course Teaching Course Assessment

None

Page 163:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

# And Course Learning Outcomes Strategies Methods

1.0 Knowledge

By the end of this course the students will be able to

1.1

Recognize principles and main ideas about

elementary chemical kinetics & composite

reactions

Lecture and discussion Major1, Major 2, Final

Exam

1.2 List experimental Methods used to measure

reaction rates, postulates and theories of kinetic

theory of gases

Lecture and discussion Final Exam

2.0 Cognitive Skills

By the end of this course the students will be able to

2.1 Calculate different kinetic parameters related

to elementary and composite reactions

Brainstorming and

lecture

Major1, Major 2, Final

Exam

2.2 Explain principles and Theories of kinetic

theory of gases.

Brainstorming and

lecture Final Exam

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

By the end of this course the students will be able to

3.1 Demonstrate different situations and problems

related to the studied topics. Small group work Homework

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

By the end of this course the students will be able to

4.1 Online Researching on different topics in

different websites of the studied topics. Research activity Group reports

5.0 Psychomotor By the end of this course the students will be able to

5.1 NA NA NA

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.2 2.5 3.2 4.1

1.1

1.2

2.1

2.2

2.3

3.1

4.1

Page 164:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Class activities (homework, group reports) Each chapter 10%

2

Major I exam. Around 6th -

7th week 20%

3 Major II exam. Around 11th -

12th week 20%

4 Final exam. As scheduled

on the banner 50%

5 Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

a. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.

b. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and

career advice, and general counseling.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

Physical Chemistry: Laidler K., Meiser J. and Sanctuary B., Cengage Learning, 2003, ISBN-13:

978-0-618-12341-4 / ISBN-10: 0-618-12341-5

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

a. Journal of Physical chemistry.

b. International Journal of chemical kinetics

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

Physical chemistry: Julio de Paula Peter Atkins, Publisher: Oxford; W.H. Freeman, 2010. ISBN:

0199543372.

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

a. http://chemed.chem.purdue.edu/genchem/topicreview/bp/ch22/rateframe.html

b. http://www.chem1.com/acad/webtext/elchem/

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

a. Power point prepared by the course instructor.

b. Materials available on the lecture's home page

c. Handout of chemical kinetics and Chemical kinetics software,( HMCO- MCH Multimedia INC

Physical chemistry)

Page 165:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

j. Data show.

k. Smart Board.

l. Computer and internet connection.

m. Black board.

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

a. Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the

teaching process that used for course.

b. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

a. Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.

b. Periodical evaluation of the course by the department

c. Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

a. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation

b. Workshop presented with experts on modern teaching methodologies.

c. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

a. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms

approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the

departmental and higher councils.

b. The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is

reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

c. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes.

Name of Course Instructor:

Page 166:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Dr. Ramzi Hadj Lajimi & Dr. Samah Abdel-Rhman Ahmed

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 167:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Physical Chemistry of Polymers - CHEM 369

T6. Course Specifications

Page 168:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Physical Chemistry of Polymers - CHEM 369

2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Ramzi Hadj Lajimi

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 6th level / 3rd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 262

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 377

8. Location if not on main campus: NA

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage? 100

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

B. Objectives

Page 169:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course, students will be:

f. Taught Polymer structure, chain configuration, and polymer molecular weights.

g. Given Thermodynamics of polymer solutions.

h. Taught Polymer materials and their processing.

i. Given different technologies of polymer processing.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

c. Computer aided and web based assignments.

d. Electronic materials and computer based programs have been utilized to support the lecture

course material.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

The goal of this course is to understand concepts related to molecular weight of polymers; polymer

thermodynamics; polymer transitions, polymer structure and property; and different technologies of

polymer processing.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Introduction.

Chapter 1: Polymeric chain structure and transitional phenomena.

1.1. Polymer chains.

1.2. Crystallinity in polymers.

1.3. Thermal transitions in polymers.

1.4. Thermodynamics of rubber elasticity.

3 6

Chapter 2: Polymers in solutions.

2.1. Thermodynamics of polymer solutions.

2.2. Phase equilibria in poor solvents.

2.3. Solubility behavior of polymers.

2.4. Frictional properties of polymer molecules in dilute solutions.

3 6

Page 170:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 3: Polymer molecular weights.

3.1. Introduction.

3.2. Molecular weight averages.

3.3. Molecular weights in terms of moments.

3.4. Molecular weight determination.

3 6

Chapter 4: Polymer materials and their processing.

4.1. Polyethylene (low and high density).

4.2. Polypropylene.

4.3. Poly (vinyl chloride).

4.4. Poly (methyl methacrylate)

4.5. Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene

4.6. Polystyrene

4.7. Nylon

4.8. Polycarbonates

4.9. Poly (ethylene terephthalate)

3 6

Chapter 5: Polymer processing technology.

5.1. Injection molding.

5.2. Extrusion.

5.3. Blow molding.

5.4. Rotational molding

5.5. Thermoforming

3 6

Total

15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None

Page 171:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge By the end of this course the students will be able to

1.1 Define chain conformation of polymers,

crystallinity, thermal transitions, thermodynamics

of polymers in solution, interactions between

polymer molecules in dilute solutions, and average

molecular weight.

Lecture and discussion Major I, Major II, Final

Exam

1.2 Recall the most used polymer materials in industry

and their properties. Lecture and discussion Final Exam

2.0

Cognitive Skills By the end of this course the students will be able to

2.1 Explain the effect of polymer structure on thermal

transitions, physical properties and interactions in

solution and the techniques used to measure

molecular weight of polymers and their limitations.

Lecture and discussion Major I, Major II, Final

Exam

2.2 Predict the adapted polymer processing technology

based on thermodynamic properties of polymers. Lecture and discussion Final Exam

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility By the end of this course the students will be able to

3.1 Analyze different situations and problems Small group work Homework

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical By the end of this course the students will be able to

4.1 Online Researching on different thermodynamic

topics in different websites of physical chemistry Research activity Group reports

5.0

Psychomotor By the end of this course the students will be able to

5.1 NA NA NA

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.2 2.1 3.2 4.1

1.1

1.2

2.1

2.2

3.1

4.1

Page 172:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Class activities (homework, group reports) Each chapter 10%

2

Major I exam 7 20%

3 Major II exam 10 20%

4 Final exam As scheduled on the banner

50%

5 Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

c. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.

d. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and

career advice, and general counseling.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

a. Manas Chanda, Introduction to Polymer Science and Chemistry, a Problem Solving Approach,

2nd Edition, ISBN: 978-1-4665-5384-2.

b. Muralisrinivasan N. Subramanian, Basics of Polymers - Fabrication and Processing

Technology, ISBN: 978-1-60650-582-3.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

S. F. Sun, Physical Chemistry of Macromolecules, Basic Principles and Issues, 2nd Edition, ISBN:

0-471-28138-7.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

L. H. Sperling, Introduction to Physical Polymer Science 4th Edition, ISBN: 978-0-471-70606-9.

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations and

software:

a. Power point prepared by the course instructor.

b. Handout of each chapter.

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

Page 173:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

n. Data show.

o. Smart Board.

p. Computer and internet connection.

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

c. Discussion with Students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the

teaching process used during the course.

d. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

e. Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field.

f. Peer consultation on teaching.

g. Departmental council discussions.

h. Discussions within teaching staff members.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

c. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

d. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Check marking of exam papers by another faculty staff member from the same department.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

c. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed. Any changes should be

approved by the departmental and higher councils.

d. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Ramzi Hadj Lajimi

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 174:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Organic Reaction Mechanism – CHEM 371

T6. Course Specifications

Page 175:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 14/12/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Organic Reaction Mechanism – CHEM 371

2. Credit hours: 2hours

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Dr. Essam Ul-Deen Nabih Mohamed Ads

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 5th level / 3th year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any):

Organic Chemistry II –CHEM 274

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus: Main campus

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 100%

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: Offered material of course manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to

power point representation and add to blackboard.

B. Objectives

Page 176:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course the students will be:

• Taught the substitution reaction at a saturated and unsaturated carbon .

• Taught the electrophilic and radical substitution reactions .

• Taught the addition reaction to carbon-carbon multiple bonds, addition reactions to carbon-

oxygen double bonds, elimination reactions, rearrangement & fragmentation reactions.

• Able to imagine the reaction mechanism of all types of organic reactions.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

• The course material will be posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be accessed by the

students enrolled in the course only and the blackboard.

• Using an educational videos

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

Determination of reaction mechanisms via the physical and chemical properties of

organic compounds, and by studying nucleophilic substitution reactions, electrophilic

substitution reactions, elimination reactions, free radical reactions, addition reactions to

carbon-carbon multiple bonds, addition reactions to carbon-oxygen double bonds,

rearrangement and redox reactions.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Chapter One: Introduction

Introduction to Reaction Mechanisms.

1 2

Chapter Two:

Nucleophilic Substitution Reactions Substitution at a saturated carbon and

Substitution at an unsaturated carbon

9-

2 4

Chapter Three:

Electrophilic Substitution Reactions

1- Aromatic substitution

Aliphatic substitution-2

2 4

Page 177:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter Four:

Radical Substitution Reactions

2

4

Chapter Five:

Addition Reactions to Carbon-Carbon Multiple Bonds:

1- Cyclic addition

2- Electrophilic addition

3- Radical addition

4- Nucleophilic addition

5- Conjugate addition 1- Cyclic addition

2- Electrophilic addition

3- Radical addition

4- Nucleophilic addition

5- Conjugate addition

2

4

Chapter Six:

Addition Reactions to Carbon-Oxygen Double Bonds

2 4

Chapter Seven:

Elimination Reactions,

rearrangement & fragmentation reactions

2 4

Chapter Eight:

rearrangement & fragmentation reactions

2

4

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

Page 178:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Describe nucleophilic substitution reactions, at

saturated and unsaturated carbon

Lecture by using

power point

presentation and

discussion

Major I, Final Exam

1.2 Recognize addition reactions to carbon-oxygen

double bonds, elimination reactions,

rearrangement & fragmentation reactions.

Lecture by using

power point

presentation and

discussion

Major I, Final Exam

1.3 Outline the properties of electrophilic and

nucleophilic substitution reactions Lecture by using

power point

presentation and

discussion

Major I, Final Exam

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Explain the basic concepts and principles of

organic reaction mechanism.

Lecture by using

power point

presentation and

discussion

Individual Or/ and group

presentations

Peer and self-evaluations

2.2 Establish the mechanisms of chemical

reactions as elimination , substitution,

addition, rearrangement and redox reactions.

Lecture by using

power point

presentation and

discussion

Theoretical Exam

2.3 Compare between different types of organic

reaction mechanism Lecture by using

power point

presentation and

discussion

Major II, Final Exam

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Select appropriate mechanism for different

reaction and Show the ability to work in-group Small group work

Homework and group

reports

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Online Researching on Organic Reaction research activities Group reports

Page 179:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Mechanism

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 N.A N.A N.A

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.2 2.4 2.5 3.1 4.1

1.1 √

1.2 √

1.3 √

2.1 √

2.2 √ √

2.3 √

3.1 √

4.1 √

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Class ( in class quizzes, homework, small research projects or individual Or/ and group presentations)

Each

chapter

10%

2

Major exams I Around 6th

-7th

20%

3 Major exams II Around 11th

-12th week

20%

4 Final exam As

scheduled

on the

banner

50%

5 Total - 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’

consultation and academic advice.

• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the students

Page 180:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

M. Edenborough, Organic Reaction Mechanisms: A step by step approach, 2nd edn, Boca Raton, CRC Press, 1999, ISBN 0748406417.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.): • Mechanisms in Organic Reactions By Richard A. Jackson Publisher: Royal Society of

Chemistry Number of Pages: 199 Publication Date: 2000-08.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

March, Jerry (1985), Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure (3rd ed.), New

York: Wiley, ISBN 0-471-85472-7.

Chem. Rev. Journal

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

• www.organicwordwide.net

• http://www.chemistry.com

• http://www.orgsyn.org

• http://www.epa.gov/gcc/

• www.chemweb.com

http://www.newagepublishers.com/samplechapter/001122

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

• Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Materials available on the course teacher 's home page

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

• Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with electronic board with its pen.

• Data Show (overhead projector).

• Laser remote for moving the power point slides.

• Computer and internet connection.

• Ball and Stick models of organic molecules.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

Data show, Smart Board, software

Page 181:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process that used for course especially after the first queues and the major I.

• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.

• Any conclusion comes from the academic advisor of the student must be in consideration.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

• Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field

• Peer consultation on teaching

• Departmental council discussions

• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

16. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field

17. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

18. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

19. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Remarking of test papers by a another faculty member from the same department

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms

approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the

departmental and higher councils.

• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is reported

to the course instructor officially through the department

• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes

Page 182:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Name of Course Instructor: _Dr.Essam Ul-Deen Nabih Mohamed Ads____________

Signature: __ ____ Report Completion Date: _14/12/2016_

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 183:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Organic Spectroscopy - CHEM376

T6. Course Specifications

Page 184:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science/ Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: ORGANIC SPECTROSCOPY/ CHEM376

2. Credit hours: 2 hours

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hatem Salem Halouani

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level 6th/3rd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Organic Chemistry II (Chem.274)

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any):

8. Location if not on main campus:

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

B. Objectives

100%

Page 185:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

• The main purpose of this course is to make students to understand the basic concepts of

spectroscopy.

• To use the spectroscopic data of organic compounds to determine their structure.

• To provide the knowledge of spectroscopy instruments.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

• To better understand and implement the learning of this course, Laboratory / Practical course

should be added.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

The goal of this course is to understand the electromagnetic spectrum: extensive study of the following

spectroscopic methods, UV and visible, IR spectroscopy, 1H- NMR and 13C-NMR spectroscopy, mass

spectroscopy and solving problems by applying various spectroscopic data.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Chapter1: Introduction to Spectroscopy

1.1. What is spectroscopy

1.2. What is Electromagnetic Radiation (EMR)

1.3. Energy Absorption

1.4. Types of Spectroscopy

1 2

Chapter 2: Ultraviolet (UV) spectroscopy

2.1 Nature of Electronic Excitations

2.2 Principle of UV spectroscopy

2.3 Instrumentation

2.4 Types of Solvents

2.5 Chemical structure and UV Absorption

2.6 Steps in developing in UV spectrometric Analytical method

2.7 Effects on Absorption

2.8 Woodward Fieser Rules for Dienes

2.9 Woodward Rules for enones and dienones

2 4

Page 186:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 3: Infrared (IR) spectroscopy

1.1. Introduction

1.2. IR Absorption

1.3. IR Process

1.4. Modes of vibrations

1.5. Factors effecting vibration frequencies

1.6. Information from IR spectrum

1.7. Instrumentation (FTIR and Non FTIR)

1.8. Discussion of IR spectrum of different compounds

3 6

Chapter 4: Proton Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (1H NMR)

Spectroscopy

4.1. Introduction to NMR

4.2. Nuclear Spin

4.3. Magnetic field

4.4. Absorption of Energy

4.5. Mechanism of Absorption (Resonance)

4.6. Magnetic Shielding

4.7. NMR Signals

4.8. NMR Spectrometer

4.9. NMR Spectrum

4.10. Chemical Shift, location of signals

4.11. Magnetic Anisotropy

4.12. Chemical Equivalance and number of signals

4.13. Intensity of signals (Integration)

4.14. Spin-spin splitting (n + 1) rule

4.15. Range of magnetic coupling

4.16. Coupling and Coupling constant

4.17. Complex splitting

4.18. Coupling Tree

4.19. Stereo nonequivalence protons

4 8

Chapter 5: 13C Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy

5.1 Introduction to 13C NMR

5.2 Spin-spin splitting

5.3 Proton spin decoupling

5.4 Off resonance decoupling

5.5 Interpreting 13C NMR

2 4

Page 187:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 6: Mass Spectroscopy (MS)

6.1 Introduction to Mass spectroscopy

6.2 Mass spectrometer

6.3 Sample inlet

6.4Ionization methods

6.5 Mass analyzer

6.6 Mass spectrum –Molecular ion peak, Base peak

6.7 Isotopic abundance

6.8 Fragmentation pattern –Retro Diels-Alder, McLafferty

rearrangement

6.9 Discussion of mass spectrum of different organic compounds

2 4

Chapter 7: Combined Problems

1 2

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

None

Page 188:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Describe different spectroscopic techniques

like UV, IR, 13C NMR, 1H NMR, MS and their

spectra.

Lecture Examination (Quizzes +

M1 + M2+ Final)

1.2 Recognize the Beer’s Lambart Law,

Woodward Fieser rules for UV, shift in IR

spectrum, (n + 1) rule for NMR

Lecture Examination (Quizzes +

M1 + M2+ Final)

1.3 Define base peak and molecular ion peak in

MS

Lecture Examination (Quizzes +

Final

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Analyze the spectroscopic spectrum Lecture

Brainstorming

Examination (Quizzes +

M1 + M2+ Final)

2.2 Measure the concentration or absorbance of a

solution using Beer’s Lambart Law

Lecture

Brainstorming

Examination (Quizzes +

M1 + Final)

2.3 Predict the UV maxima of alkenes and

carbonyl compounds using Woodward Fieser

rules

Lecture

Brainstorming

Examination (Quizzes +

M1 + Final)

2.4 Predict the structure of simple organic

molecules using UV, IR, NMR and MS

spectrum

Lecture

Brainstorming

Examination (Quizzes +

M1 + M2+ Final)

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 None

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 None

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 None

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 2.3 3.3

1.1 ν

Page 189:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1.2 ν

1.3 ν

2.1 ν

2.2 ν

2.3 v

2.4 ν

3.1 ν

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project,

examination, speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Quizzes + Homework In the end of each

chapter

10%

2

Major 1 Exam Within the sixth

week

20%

3 Major 2 Exam Within the Tenth

week

20%

4 Final Exam As scheduled by the

registrar

50%

5 Total - 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

✓ Faculty is required to be available during their office hours.

✓ Student can also get academic advice with the faculty by appointment.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

✓ Introduction to spectroscopy; Donald L.Pavia Gary M. Lampman, George S. Kriz, and James

R. Vyvyan; 4th edition, 2009, ISBN-13: 978-0-495-11478-9

Page 190:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

✓ Organic Spectroscopy, Yadav, Lal Dhar Singh, 2004, ISBN 978-1-4020-2574-7

✓ Organic Structural Spectroscopy, Lambert, Shurvell, Lightner and Cooks, 1998, ISBN-10:

0132586908, ISBN-13: 978-0132586900.

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

• Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher.

• Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher.

• Materials available on the course teacher 's home page

• Materials available on the course teacher 's black board

• CD for the text book

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

• Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

• Data Show (overhead projector).

• Computer and internet connection

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

data show, Smart Board

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

N/A

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the

teaching process that used for course.

• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

Page 191:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

• Peer consultation on teaching

• Departmental council discussions

• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

• Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies

• Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

• Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members

• The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

• Providing samples of all kind of assessment in the departmental course portfolio of each course.

• Assigning group of faculty members teaching the same course to grade same questions for various

students. Faculties from other institutions are invited to review the accuracy of the grading policy.

• Conducting standard exams such as the American Chemical Society exams or others.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be

taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.

• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hatem Salem Halouani

Signature: Dr. Hatem Salem Halouani Report Completion Date: 06/11/2016

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 192:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Polymer Chemistry – CHEM 377

T6. Course Specifications

Page 193:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Polymer Chemistry – CHEM 377

2. Credit hours: 2 hours

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry program

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Dr. Mansour El-Masry

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 6th level/ 3rd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any):

CHEM 371 – Organic Reaction Mechanism (CHEM 371)

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any):

None

8. Location if not on main campus:

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: Offered material of course manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to

power point presentation

√ 100%

%%

Page 194:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

B. Objectives

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

• Recognize the characteristics and properties of a wide range of polymers.

• To provide students with an elementary understanding of the reaction mechanism involved in

polymer synthesis.

• To teach students basic aspects of the solution properties of polymers, interactions and

relationship to chemical structure and the measurement of molecular weight.

• To provide students with a basic knowledge of the thermal and mechanical properties of

polymers.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

• Utilizing various internet resources that offer informative details to support the lecture course

material.

• Tutorial, reading assignments will be considered to enrich the scope of the course.

• Working on updating the objectives of the course and the scientific content as required.

• Giving tasks to enhance the students’ generic skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

The goal of this course is to provide an overview of the chemistry and physics of polymers. The structures

and mechanisms of most important polymers are discussed, including step and chain polymerization

reactions, as well as polymer modification chemistry. The physical properties and characterization

(molecular weight and mechanical properties) of polymers are covered.

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact Hours

Chapter 1 Introduction

1.1. Historical Development

1.2. Basic Concepts and Definitions

1.3. Classification of Polymers

1.4. Polymer Nomenclature

2 4

Page 195:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 2 Polymerization Mechanisms

2.1. Introduction

2.2. Chain – Reaction Polymerization

• Free Radical Polymerization

• Ionic Polymerization

• Coordination Polymerization

2.3. Step – Growth Polymerization

2.4. Ring – Opening Polymerization

3 6

Chapter 3 Polymerization Techniques

3.1. Introduction

3.2. Bulk polymerization

3.3. Solution Polymerization

3.4. Emulsion Polymerization

2 4

Chapter4 Polymer Solubility and Solutions

4.1. Introduction

4.2. General Rules for Polymer Solubility

4.3. The Solubility Parameter

4.4. Properties of Dilute Solutions

4.5. Concentrated Solutions; plasticizers

2 4

Chapter 5 Polymer Molecular Weight

5.1. Introduction

5.2. Types of Molecular Weight

5.3. Molecular Weight Determination

2 4

Chapter 6 Transition in polymers

6.1. Introduction

6.2. Glass Transition Temperature

6.3. Factors Affecting Glass Transition Temperature

6.4. Measurement 0f Glass Transition Temperature

6.5. Crystalline Melting Point

2 4

Chapter 7 Mechanical Properties of Polymers

6.1. Introduction

6.2. Stress – Strain Behavior of Polymers

6.3. Factors Affecting Polymers Mechanical Properties

2 4

Total 15 30

Page 196:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Define the principal concepts of polymers. Lecture Examination

(Quizzes + M1 +

M2+ Final)

1.2 Write the mechanism of polymerization Small group discussion

Lecture

Examination

(Quizzes + M1 +

M2+ Final)

1.3 Describe the physical properties of polymers. Debate

Lecture

Examination

(Quizzes + M1 +

M2+ Final)

2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Identify the molecular structure of monomers

and polymers.

Debate

Small group discussion

Lecture

Examination

(Quizzes + M1 +

M2+ Final)

2.2 Differentiate between different types of

polymers.

Debate

Lecture

Examination

(Quizzes + M1 +

M2+ Final)

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

2hrs/week

Page 197:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3.1 Choose the suitable method for polymerization

of definite monomer.

Small group discussion Examination

(Quizzes + M1 +

M2+ Final)

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Online Researching on polymer chemistry. Research activities Individual and group

presentations

Peer and self-

evaluations

4.2 Calculating degree of polymerization and

molecular weight using the given data.

Lecture Examination

(Quizzes + M1 +

M2+ Final)

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 N/A

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.2 2.1 3.3 4.1

1.1 √

1.2 √

1.3 √

2.1 √

2.2 √

3.1 √

4.1 √

4.2 √

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination, speech,

oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1 Class activates ( in class quizzes, homework, case studying and

small project)

weekly 10%

2

Major exams I Within the

seventh

week

20%

Page 198:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3

Major exams II Within the

eleventh

week

20%

4

Final exam As

scheduled

by the

register

50%

Total - 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’ consultation and

academic advice.

• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the students

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

Polymer Chemistry, Paul C. Hiemenz, Timothy P. Lodge , CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group 2nd Edition (2007)

ISBN-13: 978-1574447798 ISBN-10: 1574447793

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

• Billmeyer, F, Textbook of Polymer Science, 2nd ed., John Wiley and Sons, Inc., NY

• Seymour/Carraher, Polymer Chemistry, Sixth Edition (2003), MARCEL DEKKER, INC.

• Manas Chanda, Introduction to Polymer Science and Chemistry, Second ed. (2013), CRC Press, Inc., Boca

Raton, FL

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

• Journal of polymer science.

• The Journal of Applied Polymer Science.

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

• http://www.chemweb.com

• http://www.chemistry.com

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

Page 199:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

Classrooms ready and equipped with educational media (computer and retro projector).

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

Data show and internet.

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

Molecular models.

Chem Draw program

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

• Regular evaluation of the theoretical parts of the course to identify the weaknesses areas.

• Performance appraisal form filled up by each student to show level of fulfillment.

• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

• A statistical regular review and analysis of the students’ achievement in the department.

• Prepare a questionnaire which should be filled by the students at the end of the term. The

questionnaire should be analyzed and carefully studied.

• Participating collaboratively in faculty improvement activities and contributing to collegial decision

making.

• At the end of each semester the course coordinator completes a report, including a summary of

student questionnaire responses appraising progress and identifying changes that need to be made if

necessary.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

• Provide training and workshop opportunities for the teaching staff to improve their teaching

strategies.

• Form committees to follow up progress and work on improvement.

• Provide opportunities to improve academic courses and research through conferences.

• Provide the teaching staff members with all the references and electronic resources.

• Updating through more reading books and articles related to the course.

• Improve relations between instructor and students.

Page 200:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

• Check marking of the answer sheets of examination papers with other colleagues.

• Providing samples of all kind of assessment in the department course portfolio of each course.

• Collaboration with the teaching staff members in each student’seducational process, including

information about student achievement and performance.

• Check progress level of the students (this can be done by an independent teacher by reviewing

students’ records and compare the students’ work with another from a different institute).

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

• Student’s feedback on the quality of the course.

• Consulting other faculty members or collaborators in overseas universities for their views on the

method of quality of improvement.

• Check other universities web sites to compare our lectures with them.

• Compare the syllabus with the syllabus of standard universities.

• Form a specialized committee from the department to review the progress of teaching and update the

resources.

• Consult distinguished students and discuss with them positive and negative points in Lectures.

• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be taken are

approved in the departmental and higher councils.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Mansour El-Masry

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 201:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Symmetry and Point Group Theory - CHEM 381

T6. Course Specifications

Page 202:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 07/02/2017

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Symmetry and Point Group Theory (CHEM 381)

2. Credit hours: 2

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

BSc Chemistry Program

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hani El Moll & Dr. Manal Alkhabbas

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 3rd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Solid State Chemistry ( CHEM 387)

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus:

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to power point presentation.

B. Objectives

100%

Page 203:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course students will be able to:

1. Determine Significant Point Group Symmetry for molecules and molecular orbitals

2. Understand the different parts of a character table for a symmetry group: (a) Name of

symmetry group; (b) Classes of symmetry operators; (c) Names of irreducible symmetry

representations. (d) The irreducible characters

3. Execute some applications of group theory in interpretation of physical properties

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

21- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture

course material.

22- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings

23- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description: This course is a description of; symmetry operators and symmetry elements, Point

groups, an introduction to character tables, infrared spectroscopy, chiral molecules and application of

group theory in formation and interpretation of molecular orbitals.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Introduction and Review of Basic Bonding Principles

1 2

Symmetry

1) Symmetry elements

2) Symmetry operations and their matrix representations

2 4

Point Groups and Classification

2 4

Page 204:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Symmetry and physical properties

1) Polarity

2) Chirality

2 4

Basic definitions from group theory, group multiplication tables

1 2

Irreducible Representations, Character Tables

2 4

Vibrational Spectroscopy and Character Tables

1) Normal Modes of Vibrations

2) Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy

3) Selection Rules

2 4

Group Theory and Hybridization

1 2

Molecular Orbital Theory and Character Tables

1) MO Theory Background

2) Polyatomic Molecules

3) Transition-metal complexes

2 4

Total

15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

0

Page 205:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Recognize point group to determine the

polarity and chirality of the molecules

- Lectures using board

- models

- class discussion

Exams (Majors + final)

1.2 Memorize how to use the character tables to

find vibrational modes and to construct

molecular orbital diagrams for simple

molecules.

Exams (Majors + final)

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Estimate symmetry elements in a molecule and

point groups of molecules.

- Lectures using board

- models

- class discussion

Exams (Majors + final)

2.2 Create linear combinations of orbitals to form

molecular orbitals

Exams (Majors + final)

2.3 Predict the hybridization of the molecule by

using character table

Exams (Majors + final)

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 NA

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Research some different topics of the course in

different websites in the field of molecular

symmetry

Research activity Homework, reports

quizzes

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 NA

Page 206:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 2.1 2.3 4.1

1.1

1.2

2.1

2.2

2.3

4.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Class activates (quizzes, homework, group Research) Weekly 10%

2

Major exams I 7th 20%

3 Major exams II 12th 20%

4 Final exam As scheduled

by the

registrar

50%

Total 100 %

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

At least 6 hours/week

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

- Inorganic Chemistry, Catherine Housecroft, Alan G. Sharpe, 3rd Ed,( Prentice Hall, 2008)

ISBN13: 978-0-13-175553-6

- Group Theory For Chemists, George Davidson, Palgrave Macmillan ISBN-10: 0333492978

Page 207:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

- Power point prepared by the course instructor.

- Materials available on blackboard

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

- Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

- Data Show (overhead projector), computer and internet connection.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

- Data show

- Smart board

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

- Chemistry models

- Computers and internet Lab.

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process used for this course

- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

- Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field

- Peer consultation on teaching

- Departmental council discussions

- Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course

Page 208:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

20. Subscribe in global magazines and journals.

21. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

22. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be

taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.

- The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is

reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hani El Moll & Dr. Manal Alkhabbas ___________

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: ___07/02/2017_____

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 209:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Coordination Chemistry - CHEM 385

T6. Course Specifications

Page 210:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 30/11/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Coordination Chemistry (CHEM 385)

2. Credit hours: 3

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: BSc Chemistry Program

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr.Hussein Mohamed El-sagher

Dr. Manal Alkhabbas

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 3rd Year / Level 5

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Chemistry of Transition Metals (CHEM 287)

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus:

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: offered material of course manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to

power point representation.

B. Objectives

100%

Page 211:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

The main purpose of this course will be:

1) To make students familiar with basic knowledge of chemistry that needed for higher level

courses.

2) To develop the students' understanding to the concepts and principles basic principles of

coordination chemistry

3) To develop the students' appreciation of chemistry as an experimental science supported by

theory as an interpretive and reductive tool.

4) To develop the awareness of students to the relevance of chemistry with other areas of

industrial importance, biological systems and environmental issues.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

1) Identify the strategy of the course in the beginning of the semester.

2) Utilize the electronic materials and computer based programs to support the lecture course

material.

3) Posting the course material to the Web CT that could be accessed by the students enrolled in the

course only.

4) For lab work, introducing new equipment to minimize using of the chemicals, removing the

experiments of too much chemical waste and introducing new experiments

5) Giving tasks to enhance the students' generic skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description: The course introduces the basic principles of coordination chemistry involving the

following areas: introduction, theories of bonding in coordination compounds and magnetic and

spectroscopic properties of transition metal complexes.

1. Topics to be Covered in lectures:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Introduction. 2 4

Nomenclature of coordination compounds 2 4

Page 212:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Structure and isomerism in coordination compounds 2 4

Theories of bonding in coordination compounds 2 4

Theories of bonding in coordination compounds (continued) 2 4

Magnetic and electronic spectra of coordination compounds 2 4

Thermodynamic aspects: ligand field stabilization energies (LFSE) 1 2

Complexation reactions 2 4

Total Lecture 15 30

2. Topics to be Covered in laboratory:

List of Topics

No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Experiment 1

Werner Coordination Compounds

Ionization Isomers: Pentaamminebromocobalt(III) Sulfate and

Pentaamminesulfatocobalt(III) Bromide

1- Preparation of [Co(NH3)5Cl)]Cl2 and [Co(NH3)5Br]Br2

2- Preparation of pentaamminebromocobalt(III) sulfate

3- Preparation of pentaamminesulfatocobalt(III) bromide.

4- Characterization

4 12

Experiment 2

Synthesis and characterization of [Cu(NH3)4]SO4.H2O

2 6

Experiment 3

Werner Theory

Electrical Conductivity of Complexes

1 3

Midterm Exam 1 3

Experiment 5

Synthesis of Metal Acetylacetonates

Synthesis and Nitration of Tris(acetylacetonato)cobalt(III)

2 6

Page 213:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Experiment 6

Geometrical Isomers: Synthesis and Characterization of Cis- and Trans-

K[Cr(H2O)2(C2O4)2]

2 6

Experiment 7

Electronic Absorption Spectra of metal complexes

2 6

Final Lab exam 1 3

Total Laboratory 15 45

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - 45 - 60 75 135

Credit 2 - 1 - - 3 4.5

*Self-study is not included

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

Total

Contact

Hours

30 45 - - 75

Credit 2 - 1 - - 3

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

0

Page 214:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Recognize the concepts and principles of

coordination chemistry. Identification of

relevant problems related to the course topics

and the ablility to formulate appropriate

solutions to these problems.

Lecture, discussion,

lab demonstrations

Exams (Majors + Final)

1.2 Define the ligand and the coordination

compound

lecture, discussion,

small group work, lab

demonstrations

Exams (Majors + Final)

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Differentiate between a complex compound

and a simple salt and explain how to

nomenclate a coordination compound.

Debate and discussion

within the classroom.

Give some practical

issues and assign

students to create a

strategic plan to

resolve.

Exam (Majors + Final)

2.2 Predict the dentisity of a ligand and the

isomerisms in coordination compounds.

Interpret magnetic properties, color and

electronic spectra of transition metal

complexes

Lecture, Individual

presentation and

learning activity

Exams (Majors + Final)

2.3 Calculate the primary and secondary valences

in a complex, and the oxidation state of the

central atom

Lecture, debate, small

group work,

Exams (Majors + Final)

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Illustrate the different geometries of

complexes and appraise the benefits and

limitations of the theories of bonding in

transition metal complexes

lecture, Discussion,

research activities

Reports, quizzes,

homework

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Research the online websites in different topics

related to coordination chemistry

Research activity

Presentations

Page 215:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 Demonstrate safety procedure for dealing with

devices, several glass wears for performing

different experiments & manipulating studying

data (tables, diagrams, figures).

lab demonstrations

Lab reports

Practical exams

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 2.1 2.3 3.2 4.1 5.1

1.1

1.2

2.1

2.2

2.3

3.1

4.1

5.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Class activates ( in class quizzes, homework, group report) Each

chapter

5%

2 Lab activity ( Lab report) Each lab 5 %

3 Major exams I 7 10 %

4 Midterm lab exam 7 15 %

5 Major exams II 12 10%

6 Final examination* LAB. (Practical Exam) 15 10 %

LECT.

(40% lecture + 5% Theoretical lab exam)

scheduled

by the

registrar

45%

(40% Lect + 5% Lab)

Total 100 %

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students

'consultation and academic advice.

Page 216:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

Inorganic Chemistry", Catherine Housecroft, Alan G. Sharpe, 3rd Ed,( Prentice Hall, 2008)

ISBN13: 978-0-13-175553-6

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

Journal of inorganic chemistry, polyhedron.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

- "Advanced Inorganic Chemistry", Cotton, F.A.; Wilkinson, G.; Murillo, C. A.; Bochmann, M. 6th Ed.

(Wiley, 1999) ISBN 978-0471199571

- Douglas, B. , Mc Daniel, D. , Alexander, J. Concepts and Models of Inorganic Chemistry, Third

Edition

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

a) http://wwwchem.uwimona.edu.jm:1104/courses/IC10Kout.html

b) http://chemwiki.ucdavis.edu/Inorganic_Chemistry/Introduction_to_Coordination_Chemistry

c) www.pearsoned.co.uk/housecroft

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

- Power point prepared by the course instructor.

- Materials available on the lecture's home page

- Handout of inorganic chemistry

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

- Classrooms with enough seats ( 25 seats )

- data show , computer and internet.

- Lab. containing available instruments for inorganic chemistry experiments ( as mentioned in

laboratory manual).

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

- Data show

- Smart board

Page 217:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

- Conductivity bridge

- pH meter

- UV- Vis Spectrophotometer

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process that used for course.

- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

- Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.

- Periodical evaluation of the course by the department

- Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

- The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation

- Workshop presented with experts on modern teaching methodologies.

- Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

- Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms

approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the

departmental and higher councils.

- The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is

reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hussein Mohamed Elsagher and Dr. Manal Alkhabbas

Page 218:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: 30/11/2016

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 219:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Solid State Chemistry - CHEM 387

T6. Course Specifications

Page 220:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 6/11/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Solid State Chemistry (CHEM 387)

2. Credit hours: 2

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry Program

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Dr. Hussein M. El-Sagher

Dr. Manal Alkhabbas

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 6th Level / 3rd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Chemistry of main group elements (CHEM 286)

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus: Main girls campus 14 C

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

100%

Page 221:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

B. Objectives

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

The main purposes of this course are:

5) Given a clear idea about the chemical and physical properties of the matter at its solid state.

6) Skilled how to differentiate between the main features of the crystalline and amorphous

materials.

7) Taught the different crystal structures, their characterization, using the X-rays techniques and

the identification of the structure defects.

8) Familiarized with the solid solutions and their illustration by the phase diagram.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

24- Provide the enrolled students with the necessary course material.

25- Periodic update of the course content to follow the recent progress in the scientific fields

covered by the course.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description: This course introduces the general principles of crystal and molecular structures

and structure-property relationship, investigation of structure, X-Ray diffraction, crystal structure,

properties and types of solids.

1. Topics to be Covered in lectures

List of Topics No. of Weeks Contact Hours

Chapter 1: Introduction to solid state chemistry. 2 4

Chapter 2: Electronic materials. 2 4

Chapter 3: Crystal structure. 3 6

Chapter 4: X- ray diffraction. 2 4

Chapter 5: Defects in crystals. 2 4

Chapter 6: Amorphous materials. 2 4

Chapter 7: Solid solutions 2 4

Page 222:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Recognize the two main classes of solids

(crystalline and amorphous) and tell their types

and properties.

Lectures, discussions Exams (Majors + Final)

1.2 List the 7 crystal systems and the 14 Bravais’s

lattices.

Lectures, discussions Exams (Majors + Final)

1.3 Define the terms allowing the representation of Lectures, Group Final exam

0

Page 223:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

solid solutions using the phase diagrams. discussions

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Explain the main differences between

conductors, insulators and semiconductors.

Lectures, discussions Exams (Majors + Final)

2.2 Calculate some parameters related to the

lattices and recognize the Miller’s indices of

planes and the coordinates of each point and

vector in a given crystalline structure.

Lectures, discussions Exams (Majors + Final)

2.3 Solve different problems that are related to this

course.

Lectures, discussions Exams (Majors + Final)

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Research effectively online information related

to the course topics

Discussions with

students in the lecture

Reports, homework,

quizzes

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

NA

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 NA

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 2.1 2.3 3.1

1.1

1.2

1.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

3.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Home work, Quizzes in the class room Weekly 10%

Page 224:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2

Major 1 exam 7th Week 20%

3

Major 2 exam 12th Week 20%

4

Final exam

Scheduled

by the

registrar

50%

Total --- 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

2 hours / week

E. Learning Resources

2. List Required Textbooks:

Basic of Solid State Chemistry, Anthony R. West, (John Wiley & sons Canada Ltd). ISBN: 0-471-

98756-5

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

Crystal models

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

Lecture room (About 30 seats) well equipped for students

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

Page 225:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Computer with Active Inspire software installed, Data show, Smart board and presenter Internet

connection

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course

Analyzing the questionnaire by the Quality Committee in the department and giving feedback to the

instructor of the course and the department for further improvement actions.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

Attending workshop concerning educational (pedagogic) methods

- Attending teachers' meetings

- Discussion between the responsible of the course and the students

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

(a) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms

approved by the QC & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the

departmental and higher councils.

(b) The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is

reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

(c) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hussein M. El-Sagher

Page 226:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Dr. Manal Hussein Alkhabbas

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 227:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Electroanalytical Techniques - CHEM 392

T6. Course Specifications

Page 228:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science/Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code : Electroanalytical techniques CHEM 392

2. Credit hours: 2 (two Credit hours) {2 Lec.}

Contact hours: {2 Lec}.

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Dr. Waed Alahmad

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level 5 / Third year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Volumetric and Gravimetric Analysis CHEM 293

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): No

8. Location if not on main campus: N/A

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: N/A

B. Objectives 1. What is the main purpose for this course?

1. Provides students with the essential knowledge and understanding of the principles

electroanalytical techniques.

2. Familiarize students with basic knowledge of electroanalytical methods (potentiometry,

polarographic and voltammetric methods, chronopotentiometry a chronoamperometry,

electrogravimetry, coulometry, conductometry).

3. Getting knowledge about the importance of the electroanalytical techniques use in industry.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being

100% √

Page 229:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

implemented. (e.g. increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as

a result of new research in the field)

1. Post the course material on the website that could be accessed by students after registration.

2. Utilizing various internet resources that offer informative details to support the lecture

course material.

3. Tutorial, reading assignments and relevant research papers using university online library

will be considered to enrich the scope of the course.

4. Increasing the use of IT or web-based reference material

5. Working on updating the objectives of the course and the scientific content as required.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

This course will discuss the theory and instrumental techniques that encompass static and dynamic

electroanalytical measurements. Topics will include potentiometry, voltammetry, coulometry, basic

instrumentation/ operational amplifiers, and new applications. Focus will be on analytical applications and

utilizing the correct technique for solving specific analysis problems.

1. Topics to be Covered in lectures

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact Hours

1. Basic Principles of Electrochemistry 2 4

2. Potentiometry

2.1. Potential and voltage,

2.2. Electromotive force,

2.3. Nernst equation,

2.4 Standard potential and potential measurements

2.5. Reference Electrodes

2.6. Ion-Selective Electrodes

2.7. Potentiometric Titrations and Applications

3 6

Page 230:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. Ion Selective Electrodes – ISE

3.1. Definition and classification.

3.2. Donnan and Nernst equations,

3.3. Selectivity coefficients and their determination,

3.4. Applications of ISEs.

2 4

4. Coulometry and Electrogravimetry

4.1. Electrogravimetry

4.2. Controlled-Potential Coulometry

4.3. Constant-Current Coulometric Titrations

3 6

5. Conductometry

5.1. Basic definitions

5.2. Conductometric titratios.

5.3. High-frequency conductometry.

5.4. Principles and applications.

3 6

6. Amperometric Analysis

6.1. Modern Voltammetric Techniques

6.1.1. Pulse Volammetry

6.1.2. Fast Linear Sweep Voltammetry

6.1.3. Anodic Stripping Voltammetry

6.2. Amperometric Titrations

2 4

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

Page 231:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods

and Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and

align with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate

assessment methods that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning

outcome, assessment method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an

integrated learning and teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from

each domain.)

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge : By the end of this course the students will be able to

1.1 Recognize the basic and general concepts of

different electroanalytical analysis and

instruments used for analysis.

Lecture , discussion Major 1 & 2, quiz and

and final exam

1.2 Describe the electoanalytical method and

the significance of their variables.

Lecture , discussion Major 1 & 2, quiz and

final exam

2.0 Cognitive Skills : By the end of this course the students will be able to

2.1 Explain the diagrams got from the

electroanalytical methods: potentially,

votametry and polarography,

electrogravimetry, coulometry,

conductimetry.

lecture , Brainstorming,

Discussion

Major 1 & 2 and final

exam

2.2 describe the structure and function of

different instrument components, e.g.

reference electrodes, ion-selective

electrodes, different electrode materials that

are used in ammeters, electrochemical flow

cells etc

lecture , Brainstorming,

Discussion

Major 1 & 2 and final

exam

2.3 Analyze chemical data related to

electroanalytical technique

lecture , Brainstorming,

Discussion

Major 1 & 2, quiz and

final exam

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility : By the end of this course the students will be able to

3.1 Choose the most appropriate

electroanalytical technique for a specific

analysis

lecture , Brainstorming,

Discussion

Major 1 & 2 and final

exam

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

By the end of this course the students will be able to

4.1 Search for scientifically relevant

information

Research activity

(small research projects)

Individual and group

Research assessment

None

Page 232:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5.0 Psychomotor N/A

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project,

examination, speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of

Total Assessment

1. Class activities (in class quizzes, homework, group)

report)

Regularly 10%

2. Major I exams 6 20%

3. Major II exams 12 20%

4. Final exam As scheduled on

the banner

50%

Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations

and academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each

week.)

1. Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for

students’ consultation and academic advice.

2. Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 2hrs/week for helping the

students

E. Learning Resources

2. List Required Textbooks

- Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, Jan 1, 2013 9th Edition by Douglas A. Skoog

and Donald M. West , F. James Holler (Author), Stanley R. Crouch (Author), ISBN-

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.2 2.2 2.3 2.5 3.3 4.1

1.1

1.2

2.1

2.2

2.3

3.1

4.1

Page 233:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

10: 0495558281 | ISBN-13: 9780495558286

- Douglas A. Skoog , F. James Holler, Stanley R. Crouch, 2006, Principles of Instrumental

- Analysis, 6th edition, Brooks Cole. ISBN-10: 0495012017, ISBN-13: 978-0495012016

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)

1. http://ull.chemistry.uakron.edu/analytical/

2. http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm

3. http://www.statsoft.com/textbook/stathome.html

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)

Chemical Analysis: Modern Instrumentation Methods and Techniques, 2nd ed (2007) by Francis

and Annick Rouessac, Publisher: Wiley; ISBN: 0470859032

4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)

http://pubs.acs.org/journal/ancham

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01659936

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01659936

http://www.odu.edu/sci/xu/chem321/chem321.htm

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or

regulations and software.

7- Power point prepared by the course instructor.

8- Materials available on the lecture's home page.

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of

seats in classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

8- Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats).

9- Data show, computer and internet.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

• Data show

• Smart Board

• Blackboard

• Multimedia associated with the text book and the relevant websites.

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or

attach list):

Lab. containing all the necessary chemicals, glassware and equipment to run all the experiments.

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching

a) Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process that used for course.

b) Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

Page 234:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor

a. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.

b. Peer consultation on teaching

c. Departmental council discussions

d. Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching

a) Subscribe in global magazines and journals.

b) Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

c) Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

d) Encouragement of faculty members to attend professional development conferences

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an

independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and

remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)

Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and

planning for improvement.

a) Improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course (course report)

b) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be

taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.

c) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

Changes.

d) Have a curriculum review committee to review the curriculum periodically and suggest

Improved

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Waed Alahmad

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: ___________________

Page 235:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Environmental analysis - CHEM 393

T6. Course Specifications

Page 236:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science/Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code : Environmental analysis / CHEM 393

2. Credit hours: 2 (two Credit hours) {2 Lec.}

Contact hours: {2 Lec}.

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Waed Alahmad

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level 5 / third year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Methods of Spectroscopic Analysis / CHEM 294

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): N/A

8. Location if not on main campus: N/A

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: N/A

B. Objectives

100% √

Page 237:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this Course student will be:

9) Taught the basic knowledge of analytical technique to environmental samples including

water, air, and soil.

10) Given the analysis of the major physical, chemical, and biological parameters for each

environmental sample.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being

implemented. (e.g. increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as

a result of new research in the field)

26- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture

course material.

27- The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students

enrolled in the course only.

28- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings

Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

The analysis of environmental samples as water, air and soil consist of physical, chemical and biological

parameter analysis. This course is studied from the acquisition of representative samples through sample

handling, sample storage, analytical method and data interpretation.

1. Topics to be Covered in lectures

List of Topics No. of Weeks Contact Hours

Transport of pollutant in the environment and

approaches of their analysis 2 4

Water analysis – Major constituents 2.5 5

Page 238:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Water analysis – Trace pollutants 3 6

Analysis of land, solids and waste 3 6

Atmospheric analysis – Gases 2.5 5

Atmospheric analysis – particulates 2 4

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods

and Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and

align with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate

assessment methods that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning

outcome, assessment method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an

integrated learning and teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from

each domain.)

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

None

Page 239:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1.0 Knowledge : By the end of this course the students will be able to

1.1 Recognize the basic knowledge of

analytical technique to analyze

environmental samples including water, air,

and soil.

Lecture, discussion. Major 1 & 2, quiz and

final exams

1.2 Describe the methods of preparation and

treatment for different samples to analysis

Lecture, discussion. Major 1 & 2, and final

exams

2.0 Cognitive Skills : By the end of this course the students will be able to

2.1 Analyze the data to identify the physical,

chemical and biological parameter

Brainstorming,

discussion, lecture

Major 1 & 2, and final

exams

2.2 Solve problems to estimate the analyte Brainstorming,

discussion, lecture

Major 1 & 2, and final

exams

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility : By the end of this course the students will be able to

3.1 Select the most appropriate analytical tool

for a particular sample (air, water and soil)

Brainstorming,

discussion, lecture

Major 1 & 2, final exams

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

By the end of this course the students will be able to

4.1 Online Researching on different topics in

different websites of the environmental

issues

Research activity Research report

assessment

5.0 Psychomotor By the end of this course the students will be able to : N/A

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.3 1.6 1.7 2.3 2.5 3.3 4.1 4.2

1.1 √ √ √

1.2 √ √ √

2.1 √

2.2 √

3.1 √

4.1 √ √

Page 240:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group

project, examination, speech, oral

presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total Assessment

5. Home works , Quizzes in the class room weekly 10%

6. Major exams I 7 th week 20%

7. Major exams II 12th week 20%

8. Final exam 15th week scheduled by

the registrar

scheduled

by the

registrar

50%

Total 100 %

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations

and academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each

week.)

Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students 'consultation

and academic advice.

E. Learning Resources

3. List Required Textbooks

Environmental Analytical Chemistry, F. W. Fifield , P. J. Haines, Wiley Blackwell; 2 edition

(2000), ISBN-10: 0632053836, ISBN-13: 978- 0632053834.

Introduction to Environmental Analysis, Roger N. Reeve, 2002, ISBN: 978-0- 471-49295-5.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)

https://www.sciencetarget.com/Journal/index.php/IJIA/

http://www.springer.com/environment/environmental+toxicology/journal/244

http://www.springer.com/environment/environmental+chemistry/journal/10311

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)

The Handbook of Environmental Chemistry: Barceló, Damià, Kostianoy, Andrey G., Hutzinger,

Otto: ISSN: 1867-979X

http://www.springer.com/environment/journal/11356

http://www.springer.com/environment/environmental+health+-+public+health/journal/10653

4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)

http://www.tandfonline.com/toc/geac20/current#.VGJ7czSUfZI

Page 241:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or

regulations and software.

9- Power point prepared by the course instructor.

10- Materials available on the lecture's home page.

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of

seats in classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

10- Classrooms with enough seats ( 25 seats )

11- Data show, computer and internet.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

• Data show

• Smart Board

• Blackboard

• Multimedia associated with the text book and the relevant websites.

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or

attach list): N/A

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching

c) Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process that used for course.

d) Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

1. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor

e. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.

f. Peer consultation on teaching

g. Departmental council discussions

h. Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course.

Page 242:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. Processes for Improvement of Teaching

e) Subscribe in global magazines and journals.

f) Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

g) Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

h) Encouragement of faculty members to attend professional development conferences

3. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an

independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and

remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)

Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.

4. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and

planning for improvement.

e) Improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course (course report)

f) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be

taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.

g) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

Changes.

h) Have a curriculum review committee to review the curriculum periodically and suggest

Improved

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Waed Alahmad

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: ___________________

Page 243:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Practical Instrumental Analysis - CHEM 394

T6. Course Specifications

Page 244:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science/Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code : Practical Instrumental Analysis / CHEM 394

2. Credit hours: : 2

Contact hours: 4 (2+2)

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Waed Alahmad

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level 5 / third year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Method of Spectroscopic Analysis Analysis CHEM 293 and

Electroanalytical techniques CHEM 392

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any):

8. Location if not on main campus: N/A

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: N/A

B. Objectives

100% √

Page 245:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this Course student will be:-

- Taught the basic theory and practice of instrumental methods including the electroanalytical

and spectroscopic techniques.

- Given a wide range of analytical techniques that are useful in modern analytical chemistry.

- Given the principles of the measurement by various laboratory instruments related to

electroanalytical and spectroscopic techniques.

- Acquire basic laboratory skills and techniques

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being

implemented. (e.g. increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as

a result of new research in the field)

29- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture

course material.

30- The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students

enrolled in the course only.

31- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings

32- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.

5- Updating the objectives of the course and the scientific content as required.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

The course will cover the theory and practical application of various methods used to analyze chemical

samples. The course will emphasize spectroscopic and electroanalytical instruments and methods. Topics

covered included: pre-experiment planning, preparative methods, analytical methods, statistical evaluation of

data, and examination and presentation of results.

1. Topics to be Covered in labs

List of Topics No. of Weeks Contact Hours

Page 246:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Pre-lab. Introduction (Calibration curve method - Least

square method- Preparation of stock and standard

solution.

1 4

Potentiometric titration I: Automatic potentiometric

acid-base titration.

Determination of bicarbonates in water.

1 4

Potentiometric titration II: Complexometric titration of

calcium and magnesium.

0.5 2

Determination of nitrates using ion selective electrode. 0.5 2

Coulometric titration: Determination of chlorides with

Coulometrically generated mercurous ion.

1 4

Conductometric titration I : Conductometric titration of

acid mixtures with strong bases.

1 4

Conductometric titration II : Conductometric titration

of strong and weak acids.

0.5 2

Polarogrophy : Determination of ascorbic acid in citrus

juice.

1 4

Stripping voltammetry: Determination of Pb2+ and

Cd2+, using hanging mercury-drop electrode.

0.5 2

Voltammetric determination of cadmium. 0.5 2

Spectrophotometric determination of Nitrite –Nitrogen

-AZO Dye Method.

1 4

Spectrophotometric determination of Iron (II)

concentration with 1,10-Phenanthroline.

0.5 2

Spectrophotometric determination of ammonia using

Nessler reagent.

0.5 2

Flame photometric determination of sodium and

potassium.

1 4

Determination of Ca using Atomic Absorption

Spectroscopy.

1 4

Page 247:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Flame photometric determination of lithium in water

sample.

0.5 2

Determine the relative atomic mass of neon using mass

spectrometery.

1 4

Determination of nitrogen and phosphorus containing

pesticides by GC-MS.

1 4

Photo Acoustic determination of NH3 or trace gases in

the environment.

1 4

Total 15 60

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours - - 60 30 60 90

Credit - - 2 - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods

and Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and

align with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate

assessment methods that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning

outcome, assessment method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an

integrated learning and teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from

each domain.)

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge: By the end of this course the students will be able to

None

Page 248:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1.1 Recognize the basic theory and practice of

instrumental methods including the

electroanalytical and spectroscopic

techniques

Lab Lab. Exams

Lab. report

1.2 Describe the principles of the measurement

by various laboratory instruments related to

electroanalytical and spectroscopic

techniques.

Lab. Lab. Exams

Lab. report

2.0 Cognitive Skills: By the end of this course the students will be able to

2.1 Apply the theory and operational principles

of analytical instruments.

Group assignments

Lab

Lab. Exams

Lab. report

2.2 Explain the diagrams got from the

electroanalytical and spectroscopic

methods.

Group assignments

Lab.

Lab. Exams

Lab. report

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility: By the end of this course the students will be able to

3.1 Collaborate effectively with other people in

a team.

Group assignments

Lab.

Lab. report

3.2 Select appropriate techniques and

procedures for chemical analysis

Lab. work Lab. Exams

Lab. report

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

By the end of this course the students will be able to

4.1 Interpret data derived from laboratory

observations and measurements in terms of

their significance and the theory underlying

them.

lab Lab. Exams

Lab.report

5.0 Psychomotor

5.1 Perform correctly quantitative

measurements using

electroanalytical and

spectroscopic techniques.

lab Lab. Exams

Lab.report

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.2 2.3 2.5 3.2 3.3 4.3 5.1

1.1

1.2

2.1

2.2

3.1

3.2

4.1

Page 249:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project,

examination, speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week

Due

Proportion of Total Assessment

9. Lab. Report weekly 25%

10. Mid exam 7th 25% (Practical 20%+ sheet 5%)

11. Final exam 15th 50% (Practical 40%+ sheet 10%)

12. Total 100 %

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations

and academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each

week.)

Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for student

'consultation and academic advice.

E. Learning Resources

4. List Required Textbooks

Analytical Chemistry, 7th Edition by Gary D. Christian, Purnendu K. Dasgupta, Kevin A.

Schug, 2013

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)

1. https://www.sciencetarget.com/Journal/index.php/IJIA/

5. http://www.oriprobe.com/journals/fxcsxb.html

6. http://www.hindawi.com/journals/ijs/

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)

Vogel's Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 6th Edition by J. Mendham, R.C. Denney , J. D.

Barnes, M.J.K. Thomas, ISBN-13: 978-0582226289, 2000

4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)

http://www.iospress.nl/journal/spectroscopy/

http://www.journals.elsevier.com/journal-of-electroanalytical-chemistry/

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or

regulations and software.

11- Power point prepared by the course instructor.

12- Materials available on the lecture's home page.

F. Facilities Required

5.1

Page 250:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of

seats in classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

12- Laboratory Equipped by instrument (electroanalytical and spectroscopic instrument)

13- Data show, computer and internet.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

• Data show

• Smart Board

• Blackboard

• Multimedia associated with the text book and the relevant websites.

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or

attach list):

Lab. containing all the necessary chemicals, glassware and equipment to run all the experiments.

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1.. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching

e) Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process that used for course.

f) Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

5. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor

i. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.

j. Peer consultation on teaching

k. Departmental council discussions

l. Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course.

6. Processes for Improvement of Teaching

i) Subscribe in global magazines and journals.

j) Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

k) Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

l) Encouragement of faculty members to attend professional development conferences

7. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an

independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and

remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)

Page 251:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.

8. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and

planning for improvement.

i) Improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course (course report)

j) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be

taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.

k) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

Changes.

l) Have a curriculum review committee to review the curriculum periodically and suggest

Improved

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Waed Alahmad

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: ___________________

Page 252:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Water Treatment - CHEM 395

T6. Course Specifications

Page 253:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Water treatment / CHEM 395

2. Credit hours: 2

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Fathi Alimi

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level 6 / third year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Methods of Spectroscopic Analysis / CHEM 294

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any):

8. Location if not on main campus:

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

B. Objectives

100%

Page 254:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this Course student will be to:-

1) Taught the essential knowledge to water demands, water consumptions, water collection works,

water purification processes, stages and design of different water purification components.

2) Acquire the essential knowledge to understand design and plan the main components of water

treatment plants.

3) Provide the necessary practical and professional skills concerning the planning and design of water

distribution networks, water analysis and sampling.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

1- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture course

material.

2- The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students enrolled in

the course only.

3- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings

4- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

This course provides an introduction to water operations and the basic skills and knowledge needed to

advance in this industry. An introductory survey of the fundamental concepts of chemical and physico-

chemical will be covered. The course will provide an overview of water treatment processes as well as

terminology and equipment used.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics

No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Chapter 1 : Introduction : Water resources and demand

1.1. Introduction

1.2. Surface waters

1.3. Groundwater

1.4. Water demand

1 2

Page 255:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 2 : Chemistry of water

2.1. Introduction

2.2. Gases dissolved in water

2.3. The conductivity of water

2.4. The hardness of water

2.5. The pH value of water

2.6. Other ions in water

2.7. Content of organic and inorganic substances in water

2.8. Significant chemical and physico-chemical parameters in water

2 4

Chapter 3 : Water sampling

3.1. Introduction

3.2. Collection of water sample

3.3. Sampling equipment

3.4. Sampling instruction

3.5 Analysis of water sample

2 4

Chapter 4 : Why water needs treatment?

4.1. Introduction

4.2. Water pollution

4.3. Water scaling

4.4. Water corrosion

4. 4. Treatment for drinking water

4. 5. Treatment of process water

2 4

Chapter 5 : Basic water treatment process

5.1. Introduction

5.2. Oxidation

5.3. Coagulation

5.4. Flocculation

5.5. Sedimentation

5.6. Adsorption

5.7. Disinfection

5.8. Filtration

2 4

Chapter 6 : Physico-Chemical treatment

6.1. Introduction

6.2. Ultrafiltration

6.3. Nanofiltration

6.4. Reverse Osmosis RO

6.5. Electrodialysis

6.6. Ion exchange

2 4

Page 256:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 7 : Physical treatment

7.1. Introduction

7.2. Magnetic treatment

7.3. Electromagnetic treatment

7.4. Electrostatic treatment

2 4

Chapter 8 : Chemical treatment

8.1. Introduction

8.2. The use of inhibitor

8.3. Denitrification

8.4. the oxidation and the use of oxidation process

2 4

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge : By the end of this course the students will be able to

0 Hours

Page 257:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1.1 Recognize water demands, nature and types of

water problems.

Lecture, Discussion. Major 1 & 2, quiz and

final exam

1.2 Describe the methods of preparation and

treatment for water samples to analysis.

Lecture, Discussion. Major 1 & 2 and final

exam

2.0

Cognitive Skills : By the end of this course the students will be able to

2.1 Compare the different types of water and water

treatment.

Brainstorming, lecture. Major 1 & 2 and final

exam

2.2 Differentiate between water treatment stages

and works.

Brainstorming, lecture. Major 1 & 2 and final

exam

2.3 Solve different problems belong to water

treatment

Brainstorming, lecture. Major 1 & 2, quiz and

final exam

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility : By the end of this course the students will be able to

3.1 Select the most appropriate method tool for

water treatment

Discussion, lecture Major 1 & 2 and final

exam

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

By the end of this course the students will be able to

4.1 Online Researching on different topics in

different websites of the water treatment issues

Research activity individual and group

presentations assessment

Research assessment

5.0 Psychomotor

N/A

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across

the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.3 1.6 1.7 2.1 2.3 3.3 4.1 4.2

1.1

1.2

2.1

2.2

2.3

3.1

4.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Home works , Quizzes in the class room weekly 10%

2

Major exams I 7 th week 20%

Page 258:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3 Major exams II 12th week 20%

4 Final exam

15th week scheduled

by the registrar

50%

5 Total - 100 %

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students 'consultation

and academic advice.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

Fundamentals of water treatment unit processes. Physical, Chemical and Biological. By David Hendrickes.

ISBN-13: 978-1420061918, 1st Edition, 2011

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

http://www.springer.com/environment/environmental+toxicology/journal/244

http://www.springer.com/environment/environmental+chemistry/journal/10311

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

The Handbook of Environmental Chemistry: Barceló, Damià, Kostianoy, Andrey G., Hutzinger, Otto:

ISSN: 1867-979X

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

http://www.tandfonline.com/toc/geac20/current#.VGJ7czSUfZI

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

1. Power point prepared by the course instructor.

2. Materials available on the lecture's home page

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

1. Classrooms with enough seats ( 25 seats )

2. Data show, computer and internet.

Page 259:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

❖ Data show

❖ Smart board

❖ Black board

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

N/A

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

❖ Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process that used for course.

❖ Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

1- Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.

2- Periodical evaluation of the course by the department

3- Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

❖ The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation

❖ Workshop presented with experts on modern teaching methodologies.

❖ Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

❖ Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

1. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms

approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the

departmental and higher councils.

2. The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is reported

to the course instructor officially through the department.

3. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Fathi Alimi

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Page 260:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 261:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Statistics for Chemists - CHEM 413

T6. Course Specifications

Page 262:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Statistics for chemists / CHEM 413

2. Credit hours: 2

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Fathi Alimi

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level 6 / Third year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Math 101

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any):

8. Location if not on main campus:

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

B. Objectives

100 %

Page 263:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this Course student will be:

1. Given a fundamental understanding of the background and details of statistical techniques, as well as

an understanding of the assumptions and limitations of these techniques.

2. Able to select and apply appropriate statistical methods to problems involving chemistry or other

areas of laboratory-based experiment-driven sciences and be able to employ several different

statistics packages in context with the scientific hypotheses under investigation.

3. Taught the practical knowledge of how to carry out meaningful statistical analyses.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

5- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture course

material.

6- The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students enrolled in

the course only.

7- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings

8- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

This section outlines the use of the statistics encountered in Chemistry, and goes through the basic tools that

you will use to approach statistical analysis in chemical measurement. It also outlines the how you can use

these tools in Excel.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

1. Introduction to Statistics for chemists

1.1. Some important terms

1.2. Measurement

1 2

Page 264:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. Errors in Chemical Analysis

2.1. Characterizing Measurements and Results

2.2. Characterizing Experimental Errors

2 4

3. Random Errors in Chemical analysis

3.1. The nature of random errors

3.2. Statistical treatment of random error

3.3. Standard deviation of calculated results

3.4. Reporting Computed data

2,5 5

4. Statistical data treatment and evaluation

4.1. Confidence intervals

4.2. Statistical aids to hypothesis testing

4.3. Analysis of Variance

4.4. Detection of gross errors

2,5 5

5. Evaluating Analytical Data

5.1. Propagation of Uncertainty

5.2. The Distribution of Measurements and results

5.3. Results Statistical Methods for Normal Distributions

5.4. Detection Limits

2 4

6. Sampling, Standardization and calibration

6.1. Analytical samples and methods

6.2. Sampling and sample handling

6.3. Standardization and calibration

6.4. Standardizing Methods

6.5. Linear Regression and Calibration Curves

3 6

7. Use of Excel in Analytical Chemistry 2 4

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Page 265:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge : By the end of the course, students will be able to: 1.1 Recognize the basic knowledge of Statistics

required to treated different chemical data.

Lecture, discussion. Major 1 & 2, Quizzes and

final exam

1.2 Define various types of experimental errors,

appropriate statistical methods to analyze

them.

Lecture, discussion. Major 1 & 2, Quizzes and

final exam

1.3 Describe the general approach to standardize

and calibrate the different equipment.

Lecture, discussion. Major 1 & 2, Quizzes and

final exam

2.0 Cognitive Skills : By the end of the course, students will be able to: 2.1 Differentiate between different type of

experimental errors

Lecture, discussion,

Brainstorming Major 1 & 2, Quizzes and

final exam Activity

assessment

2.2 Analyze chemical data to solve problem by

using statistics models

Lecture, discussion,

Brainstorming Major 1 & 2, Quizzes and

final exam Activity

assessment

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility : By the end of the course, students will be able to: 3.1 Select the appropriate statistical method for

treatment and evaluation of results

Lecture, discussion,

Brainstorming Major 1 & 2, Quizzes and

final exam Activity

assessment

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

0

Page 266:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4.1 Evaluate the statistical theory through

software implementation and simulation

approaches.

Discussion, lecture ,

Brainstorming Major 1 & 2, Quizzes and

final exam Activity

assessment

5.0 Psychomotor N/A

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across

the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.5 1.7 2.2 2.7 3.3 4.1

1.1

1.2

1.3

2.1

2.2

3.1

4.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1 Home works , Quizzes in the class room weekly 10%

2 Major exams I 7 th week 20%

3 Major exams II 12th week 20%

4 Final exam

15th week

scheduled by

the registrar

50%

5 Total 100 %

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

- Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’

consultation and academic advice.

- Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 2hrs/week for helping the students

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

Page 267:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Fundamental of Analytical Chemistry, 8th ed. by D.A. Skoog, D. M. West, F. J. Holler and S.R. Crouch

(2007). ISBN-13: 978-0-534-41797-0.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

Modern Analytical Chemistry, David Harvey, ISBN 0–07–237547–7

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

www.Elesevier.com , www.springer.com

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

Power point prepared by the course instructor.

Materials available on the lecture's home page

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

- Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

- Data Show (overhead projector).

- Computer and internet connection.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

- Data show

- smart board

- Software

- black board

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

N/A

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

Page 268:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

process that used for course.

- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

- Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.

- Peer consultation on teaching

- Departmental council discussions

- Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

1. Subscribe in global magazines and journals.

2. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

3. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

4. Encouragement of faculty members to attend professional development conferences

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

- Remarking of test papers by a another faculty member from the same department

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

- Improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course (course report)

- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be taken are

approved in the departmental and higher councils.

- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed Changes.

- Have a curriculum review committee to review the curriculum periodically and suggest Improved

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Fathi Alimi

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator:

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 269:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Quantum Chemistry - CHEM 461

T6. Course Specifications

Page 270:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Quantum Chemistry - CHEM461

2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Male branch: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud

Female branch: Dr. Nashwa Saad AbdElshafy

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 7th level / 4th year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 262

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): NA

8. Location if not on main campus: NA

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

B. Objectives

100%

Page 271:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

a. Taught the basics of quantum Chemistry.

b. Given the postulates of quantum mechanics.

c. Taught the needs to quantum chemistry to explain some phenomena that the classical physics

cannot explain.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

e. Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture

course material.

f. The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students

enrolled in the course only.

g. Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.

h. Giving tasks to enhance the student's skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

The goal of this course is to understand the basic principles of quantum chemistry, simple harmonic

motion, the rigid rotor, atomic and molecular structure, solving the Schrödinger equation, a quantum

mechanical model for the vibration and rotation of molecules, the Hydrogen atom and many –electron

Atoms and quantum states for many –electron atoms.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Introduction.

Chapter 1: Basic principles of quantum chemistry.

1.1. Black body radiation.

1.2. Photoelectric effect.

1.3. Compton effect.

1.4. Bohr Theory.

1.5. Hydrogen atomic spectra and Rydberg formula.

1.6. The de Broglie postulate.

1.7. Heisenberg uncertainty principle. 1.8. Linear and Hermitian operators.

3 6

Page 272:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 2: The Schrodinger Equation.

2.1. Interpretation of the wave function.

2.2. Derivation of the Schrodinger equation.

2.3. Solving the Schrodinger Equation.

2.4. Normalization of the wave function.

2.5. Orthogonality.

2.6. Correspondence principle. 2.7. Degeneracy.

3 6

Chapter 3: The Quantum Mechanical Postulates.

3.1. Postulates of quantum Mechanics.

3.2. The Physical Meaning Associated with The wave Function.

3.3. Every Observable Has a Corresponding Operator. 3.4. The Expectation Value.

2 4

Chapter 4: Using Quantum Mechanics on Simple Systems.

4.1. The Particle in a one- Dimensional Box.

4.2. The energy of a particle in a one- Dimensional Box.

4.3. The wave function is normalized.

2 4

Chapter 5: A Quantum Mechanical Model for the Vibration and Rotation of

Molecules.

5.1. Solving the Schrodinger Equation for the Quantum Mechanical

Harmonic Oscillator.

5.2. The Quantization of Angular Momentum.

5.3. The Spherical Harmonic Functions. 5.4. Angular Motion and the Classical Rigid Rotor.

3 6

Chapter 6: The Hydrogen Atom and many –Electron Atoms.

6.1. Formulating the Schrodinger Equation.

6.2. Solving the Schrodinger Equation for the Hydrogen Atom. 6.3. Eigenvalues and Eigen functions for the Total Energy.

6.4 The Hydrogen atom orbitals.

6.5 Helium the smallest many electron atom.

6.6 Good quantum numbers, terms, levels, and states.

2 4

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

Page 273:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge 1.1 Recognize Basic principles of quantum chemistry,

The Quantum Mechanical Postulates, Eigen values

and Eigen functions.

Lecture and small group

discussion

Major I, Major II, Final

Exam

1.2 Write Schrodinger equation, wave function and the

energy for different systems.

Lecture and small group

demonstrations

Major I, Major II, Final

Exam

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Calculate the uncertainty in momentum and

position, wavelength, frequency, energy and

degeneracy for different systems.

Lecture and small group

discussion

Major I, Major II, Final

Exam

2.2 Differentiate between linear and nonlinear

operators, eigen and noneigen problems, classical

physics and Einstein,s explanation of the

photoelectric effect, mechanical and

electromagnetic waves

Lecture and

brainstorming

Major I, Major II, Final

Exam

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Demonstrate different situations and problems

related to the studied topics.

Brainstorming, lecture

and small group work Homework

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical 4.1 Online Researching on different topics in different

websites of the studied topics Research activity Group reports

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 NA NA NA

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.2 2.5 3.2 4.1

1.1

1.2

2.1

2.2

3.1

None

Page 274:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1 Report and Homework. Each chapter 10%

2 Major I exam. Around 6th -

7th week 20%

3 Major II exam. Around 11th -

12th week 20%

4 Final exam. As scheduled

on the banner 50%

5 Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

c. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.

d. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and career

advice, and general counseling.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

Physical Chemistry: Laidler K., Meiser J. and Sanctuary B., Cengage Learning, 2003, ISBN-13:

978-0-618-12341-4 / ISBN-10: 0-618-12341-5

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

a. Physical chemistry, Julio de Paula and Peter Atkins, Publisher: Oxford; W.H. Freeman, 2010.

ISBN: 0199543372.

b. Physical Chemistry: International Edition, 2/E, Thomas Engel and Philip Reid, Person

Education Inc., 2010

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

Molecular Quantum Mechanics, 5th edition (ISBN: 0199541426, Oxford University Press,

2010) by P. Atkins and R. Friedman

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

a. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quantum_chemistry

b. https://sites.google.com/site/gdlquantumchemistrygroup/

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

c. Power Point of the course content prepared by the course instructor.

d. Materials available on the course instructor's home page.

e. Handout of Quantum chemistry

Page 275:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

q. Data show.

r. Smart Board.

s. Computer and internet connection.

t. Black board

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

NA

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

c. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.

d. Discussion with students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the

teaching strategies.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

d. Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field.

e. Peer consultation on teaching.

f. Departmental council discussions.

g. Discussions within the group of faculty members teaching the same course.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

a. Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field.

b. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

c. Periodical departmental revisions of the used teaching methods.

d. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

Page 276:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

improvement.

d. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed. Any changes should be

approved by the departmental and higher councils.

e. The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is

reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

f. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr/ Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud

Dr/ Nashwa Saad AbdElshafy

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr/ Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 277:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Applied Physical Chemistry - CHEM 465

T6. Course Specifications

Page 278:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Applied Physical Chemistry - CHEM 465

2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry.

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Male branch: Dr/ Reda Abdel Hameed Abdelghany

Female branch: Dr/ Dina El-Naggar

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 6th Level / 3rd Year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 366

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): NA

8. Location if not on main campus: NA

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

B. Objectives

100%

Page 279:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this Course student will be:

a. Taught different topics in applied electrochemistry: Electro deposition of metals,

electroplating, extraction of aluminum, products of electrolysis of aqueous and molten sodium

chloride, purification of copper by electrolysis.

b. Given the principals, laws, types, and applications of applied Photochemistry.

c. Taught the different applications of LASERS and catalysis.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in

the field)

a. Using of smart board and projector (power point program) to represent all lecturers.

b. Electronic materials (soft copy from teaching materials) will be utilized to support the lecture

course material.

c. The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students

enrolled in the course only.

d. Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

The goal of this course is to cover new trends in applied Physical Chemistry such as applied

electrochemistry, applied photochemistry, Applications of LASERS, and Application of catalysis.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

1-Applied electrochemistry

- Application of electro deposition.

- Factors affecting electro deposition.

- Electroplating.

- Extraction of aluminum.

- Products of electrolysis of aqueous and molten sodium chloride.

- Purification of copper by electrolysis.

3 6

Page 280:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2- Applied Photochemistry

- Introduction, definitions, and terms.

- Chemical reactions and light.

- Energy of photons and Mechanisms of Light Absorption.

- Laws of Photochemistry, (A. Einstein) and Einstein’s Equivalency

Principle (Grotthus, Draper, Stark, Einstein)

- Types of photochemical reactions and quantum yeild.

- Processes for producing electronically excited atoms and molecules.

- Fluorescence, phosphorescence, and Jablonski Diagram.

- Photochemical Equilibrium.

- Applications of photochemical processes.

5 10

3-Application of LASERS

- What lasers are and how they work.

- What is a laser?

- What are its properties?

- How does a laser work?

- What molecular transitions produce laser operation?

- How these are practically realised?

- What are some common types of laser?

- Several applications of lasers.

- Femtosecond studies of simple dissociation processes (Zewail).

4 8

4-Application of Catalysis

- Catalysis in industry.

- Electro catalysis and its applications.

- Zeolite and its applications.

3 6

Total

15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

None

Page 281:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Recognize the importance, of electro deposition of

metals, factors affecting it and purification of

copper.

lecture, Discussion Major I Exam & final

Exam

1.2 List the main principles of Photochemistry.

Including, definitions, laws, types, and applications lecture, Discussion

Major I Exam, Major II

Exam, final Exam

1.3 Describe the properties, characteristics, types, and

applications of LASER lecture, Discussion Major II Exam, final exam

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Compare between products of electrolysis of

different kind of raw materials and Fluorescence,

phosphorescence

lecture, Discussion Major I Exam, Major II

Exam, final Exam

2.2 Summarize the important applications of zeolite

and electro catalysis lecture, Discussion Major II Exam, final exam

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Analyze different situations and problems Small group work Homework

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 On line research on the subjects related to the

course topic Research activity Group report

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 NA NA NA

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across

the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.2 2.5 3.2 4.1

1.1

1.2

1.3

2.1

2.2

3.1

4.1

Page 282:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Quizzes and homework Periodically 10%

2

Major I exam. 6 20%

3 Major II exam. 12 20%

4 Final exam.

As scheduled

on the

banner

50%

5 Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

a- Fundamentals of Electrochemistry, V. S. Bagotsky, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,

(2006). ISBN: 10 0-471-70058-4, ISBN: 13 978-0-471-70058-6.

b- Corrosion Engineering, Principles and practices, P. R. Roberge, 2008, McGraw-Hill

Companies, ISBN: 0-07-164087-8.

c- Photochemistry, R. Wayne, Oxford Univ. Press, 1996. ISBN-13: 978-0198558866

d- Laser Fundamentals, 2nd Edition, W. T. Silfvast, 2008. ISBN-13: 978-0521541053, ISBN-10:

9780521541053.

e- Zeolites and Catalysis: Synthesis, Reactions and Applications, 2010, ISBN: 978-3-527-32514-6.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

a. Journal of corrosion science

b. Laser Chemistry: Spectroscopy, Dynamics and Applications. H. H. Telle, A. G. Ureña, R. J.

Donovan, 2007, Wiley & sons Ltd, ISBN: 978-0-471-48571-1.

c. Laser Spectroscopy: Basic Concepts and Instrumentation, W. Demtröder, 2003, Springer,

ISBN: ISBN 978-3-662-05157-3.

d. Instructor Handout

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

None

3. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

a. International journals of electrochemical science

b. Corrosion science journal

Page 283:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

c. Journal of applied electrochemistry

d. Available web-sites on the internet related to the topics of the course.

e. Journal of photochemistry

4. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

a. Power point b. Materials available on the lecture's home page

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

a. Computers

b. Smart classroom

c. Internet

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

a. Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course

b. Analyzing the questionnaire by the Quality Committee in the department and giving feedback

to the instructor of the course and the department for further improvement actions.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

a. Attending workshop concerning educational (pedagogic) methods

b. Attending teachers' meetings

c. Discussion between the responsible of the course and the students

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Check marking of exam papers by another faculty staff member from the same department.

Page 284:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms

approved by the QC & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the

departmental and higher councils.

(b) The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is

reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

(c) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Reda Abdel Hameed

Dr. Dina Al –Naggar

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: 6-11-2016

Program Coordinator: Dr/ Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 285:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Surface and Catalysis -CHEM 466

T6. Course Specifications

Page 286:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Surface and Catalysis - CHEM 466

2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Male Branch: Dr.Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud

Female Branch: Dr. Samah Abdelrahman Ahmed

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 8th level / 4th year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 262

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 368

8. Location if not on main campus: NA

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage? 100

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

B. Objectives

Page 287:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course, students will be:

a. Taught detailed concepts of surface chemistry, adsorption, and catalysis.

b. Given the different types of adsorption and the general concepts and principles of catalysis.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

a. Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture course

material.

b. The course material will be posted on the website and could be accessed only by students enrolled in the

course.

c. Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.

d. Giving tasks to enhance the student's skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

Part 1 (Surface Chemistry): The goal of this part is to understand the basic definitions of surface tension, the

adsorption on surface, adsorption isotherms and important techniques for the characterization of surfaces.

Part 2 (Catalysis): The goal of this part is to understand the basic definitions of catalysis, the types of

catalysis and the catalysis cycle, characteristics of the catalytic reactions and catalytic materials and their

applications.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Introduction.

Chapter 1: Introduction and basic definitions of surface chemistry.

1.1. Liquid-liquid interface.

1.2. Solid-liquid interface.

1.3. Solid-gas interface.

1.4. Important Technique for the characterization of surface.

2 4

Chapter 2: Surface Tension.

2.1. Surface energy and Surface Tension.

2.2. Wetting and Spreading.

2.3. Capillarity.

2.4. Surface tension measurement.

2.5. Interfacial tension and spreading of liquids.

2.6. Surface Tension and Temperature.

3 6

Page 288:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 3: Adsorption on surface.

3.1. Adsorption.

3.2. Adsorption of solids on solutions.

3.3. Types of adsorption.

3.4. Factors affecting on adsorption.

3.5. Heat of adsorption.

3 6

Chapter 4: Adsorption Isotherms.

4.1. Langmuir adsorption isotherm and BET Theory.

4.2. Applications of adsorption.

4.3. Parachor.

2 4

Chapter 5: Catalysis.

5.1. Introduction and basic definitions of catalysis.

5.2. Types of catalysis and the catalytic cycle.

5.3. Characteristics of catalytic reactions.

5.4. Catalytic materials and their preparation.

5 10

Total

15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge By the end of this course the students will be able to

1.1 Describe properties of surfaces, basic concepts of Lecture and discussion- Major I, Major II, Final

Page 289:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

surface tension, different techniques for the

characterization of different surfaces, basis of

adsorption on surfaces and adsorption isotherms.

Exam

1.2 State the importance of catalysis, different types of

catalysis and the catalytic cycle. Lecture and discussion- Major II, Final Exam

2.0

Cognitive Skills By the end of this course the students will be able to

2.1 Differentiate between different techniques for the

characterization of surfaces, types of adsorption on

surfaces and adsorption isotherms.

Brainstorming, lecture,

and discussion

Major I, Major II, Final

Exam

2.2 Explain the principles of surface tension, basis of

adsorption on surfaces, preparation of catalysts and

their properties.

Brainstorming, lecture,

and discussion

Major I, Major II, Final

Exam

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility By the end of this course the students will be able to

3.1 Demonstrate different situations and problems

related to surface chemistry and catalysis. Small group work Homework

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical By the end of this course the students will be able to

4.1 Online Researching on different topics in different

websites of physical chemistry. Research activity Group reports

5.0

Psychomotor By the end of this course the students will be able to

5.1 NA NA NA

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.2 2.1 2.2 3.2 4.1

1.1

1.2

2.1

2.2

3.1

4.1

Page 290:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Homework and Group report Each chapter 10%

2

Major I exam 6 20%

3 Major II exam 12 20%

4 Final exam As scheduled on the banner

50%

5 Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

a. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.

b. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and

career advice, and general counseling.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

a. Introduction to Surface Chemistry and Catalysis, Yimin Li ،Gabor A. Somorjai, Publisher:

John Wiley & Sons, 2010, ISBN: 047050823X, 9780470508237.

b. The basis and applications of heterogeneous catalysis, Michael Bowker, Publisher:Oxford

University Press, 1998. ISBN: 0198559585.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

a. Journal of Physical chemistry.

b. Heterogeneous Catalysis Principles and applications by G.C. BOND. Oxford University Press,

1987. ISBN-10: 0198555261, ISBN-13: 978-0198555261.

c. Heterogeneous Catalysis by Mark G. White. Prentice Hall Publisher, 1989. ISBN-10:

0133877396, ISBN-13: 978-0133877397.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

Physical chemistry: Julio de Paula Peter Atkins, Publisher: Oxford; W.H. Freeman, 2010. ISBN:

0199543372.

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

http://www.chem.qmul.ac.uk/surfaces/scc/

Page 291:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

a. Power point prepared by the course instructor.

b. Materials available on the lecturer's home page.

c. Handout of the course.

d. Multimedia associated with the text books and the relevant websites.

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

u. Data show.

v. Smart Board.

w. Computer and internet connection.

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

e. Discussion with Students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the

teaching process used during the course.

f. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

a. Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.

b. Periodical evaluation of the course by the department.

c. Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

a. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.

b. Workshop presented by experts on modern teaching methodologies.

Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Check marking of exam papers by another faculty staff member from the same department.

Page 292:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

a. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms

approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the

departmental and higher councils.

b. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud & Dr. Samah Abdelrahman

Ahmed

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 293:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Practical Physical Chemistry II - CHEM 467

T6. Course Specifications

Page 294:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science / Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Practical physical chemistry II - CHEM 467

2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry Program

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Male branch: Dr. Reda Abdel Hameed Abdelghany

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 8th Level / 4th year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Chemical kinetics - CHEM 368

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): Surface & Catalysis - CHEM 466

8. Location if not on main campus: NA

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

B. Objectives

100%

Page 295:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this Course student will be:

Taught an adequate and basic coverage for techniques commonly used in chemical kinetics, and

surface & catalysis.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g. increased use

of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the field)

The plan to develop the course is as follows:

a. Explain strategy of the course in the beginning of the semester.

b. Electronic materials and computer based programs have been utilized to support the

laboratory course material.

c. Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.

d. Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

The first part covers topics in chemical kinetics through eleven (11) experiments to determine specific

rate constants and half-life time for 1st, pseudo-first, and 2nd order reactions, to determine order of

simple reactions, to study the effect of catalysts on the rate of chemical reactions, to determine the

activation energy by using Arrhenius equation at different temperatures, and to study the effect of

ionic strength on rate of chemical reactions.

The second part covers various topics in surface chemistry and catalysis through eleven (11)

experiments to determine surface tension and factors affecting it, to study the extent of adsorption on

some adsorbents, to determine adsorption parameters and heat of adsorption, and to study the

catalytic effect on some reactions.

1. Topics to be covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contac

t

Hours

01-Introduction to Safety Protocols and General introduction

02- Calculations & Graphing in physical chemistry experiments 1 6

03- Hydrolysis of methyl acetate in acid medium

04- Determination of Surface Tension Liquids by Capillary Rise Method and drop

weight Method.

1 6

05- Determination of the saponification rate constant of ethyl acetate in alkaline medium. 1 6

Page 296:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

06- Surface tension of n-butanol solution

07- Kinetics of hydrogen Peroxide - hydrogen Iodide Reaction

08- Effect of temperature on Surface Tension of liquid. 1 6

09- Kinetics of halogenations of Acetone in Solution.

10- Adsorption of acetic acid on to activated charcoal. 1 6

11- Midterm exam for chemical kinetics experiments.

12- Midterm exam for surface & catalysis experiments. 1 6

13- Oxidation of potassium iodide (KI) by potassium per–sulphate (K2S2O8) in neutral

medium.

14- Determination of the Adsorption Parameters of Oxalic acid on Charcoal.

1 6

15-Determination of the rate constant and order of the sulphite- iodate reaction Clock

Reactions.

16- Determination of Heat of adsorption of acetic acid on charcoal.

1 6

17-Effect of temperature on Oxidation of potassium iodide (KI) by potassium per-

sulphate (K2S2O8) in neutral medium.

18- Determination of Heat of adsorption of oxalic acid on charcoal.

1 6

19-Investigation of salt effect of NaCl on the rate constant of the persulphate iodide

reaction.{Effect of ionic strength}.

20- To find out the equilibrium constant for the tri-iodide formation.

1 6

21-Determination of Activation Energy.

22- To find out the partition coefficient of iodine between carbon tetrachloride and water. 1 6

23- Kinetics of decomposition of H2O2 by using K2Cr2O7 Solution.

24- Catalytic effect of Metal Oxide Catalyst on Hydrogen Peroxide. 1 6

25- Effect of catalyst on reaction between oxalic acid and potassium permanganate

(Autocatalytic reaction).

26- Absorption spectra of conjugated dye, particle in a box.

1 6

27- Revision for chemical kinetics experiments.

28- Revision for surface & catalysis experiments. 1 6

29- Final exam for chemical kinetics experiments.

30- Final exam for surface & catalysis experiments. 1 6

Page 297:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Total 15 90

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours - - - 90 30 90 120

Credit - - - 2 - 2 4.8

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1

Recognize various techniques used in the

experiments of chemical kinetics and surface &

catalysis.

Lecture and lab

demonstrations

Lab reports, mid-term

exams, final exams

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Explain different parameters for surface and

catalysis experiments.

Discussion and small

groups work

Lab reports, mid-term

exams, final exams

2.2 Calculate different parameters related to elementary

chemical kinetics.

Discussion and small

groups work

Lab reports, mid-term

exams, final exams

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Analyze different situations and problems. Small group work, lab

demonstrations Lab reports

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Online Researching on different topics in different

websites of physical chemistry Research activity Group reports.

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 Demonstrate safety procedure for dealing with

devices, several glass wears for performing

different experiments & manipulating studying Lab demonstrations

lab reports & midterm

exams & final exams.

Page 298:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

data (tables, diagrams, figures).

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.2 2.1 3.2 4.1 5.1

1.1

2.1

2.2

3.1

4.1

5.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Lab reports and class activities Each Lab 25%

2

Midterm exam (practical 20%+ sheet 5%) 6 25%

3 Final exam (practical 40%+ sheet 10%) 15 50%

4 Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

Each faculty member is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hours per week for

students 'consultation and academic advice.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks

Julio De Paula and Peter Atkins, Atkins’ Physical Chemistry, 10th Edition, 2014, ISBN: 978-

0199697403. 2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)

a. Journal of Physical chemistry.

b. Transition metal chemistry Journal.

c. International Journal of chemical kinetics. 3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)

Any Physical chemistry text book for laboratory.

4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)

Page 299:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

a. http://chemed.chem.purdue.edu/genchem/topicreview/bp/ch22/rateframe.html

b. http://www.chem1.com/acad/webtext/elchem/ 5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations and software.

a. Power point prepared by the course instructor.

b. Materials available on the lecture's home page.

c. Lab manual.

F. Facilities Required Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in classrooms

and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.)

Lab. containing computerized instruments for kinetic chemistry and surface& catalysis experiments. 2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.)

Computer with Active Inspire software installed, Data show, Smart board and presenter Internet connection

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list)

Spectrophotometer

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching

a. Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the

teaching process that used for course.

b. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire. 2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor

a. Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.

b. Periodical evaluation of the course by the department.

c. Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching

a. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.

b. Workshop presented with experts on modern teaching methodologies.

c. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent member teaching

staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at

another institution)

Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for improvement.

a. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms

approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the

departmental and higher councils.

b. The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is

Page 300:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

c. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Reda Abdel Hameed Abdelghany

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 301:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Colloid Chemistry – CHEM 468

T6. Course Specifications

Page 302:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: : 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Colloid Chemistry - CHEM 468

2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Male branch: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud

Female branch: Dr. Samah Abdel-Rhman Ahmed

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 6th level / 4th year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 262

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 368

8. Location if not on main campus: NA

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

B. Objectives

100%

Page 303:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course, students will be:

Taught the various types of dispersion systems, properties and preparations of colloidal systems, the

factors affecting the stability of colloids, the surfactant aggregation and emulsions.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

i. Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture

course material.

j. The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students

enrolled in the course only.

k. Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.

l. Giving tasks to enhance the student's skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

The goal of this course is to understand colloids, their classification and preparation, kinetic

properties, optical and electrokinetic properties, colloid stability and application of colloids.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Introduction

What are colloids?

Lyophilic and lyophobic sols or colloids

1 2

Characteristics of lyophilic and lyophobic sols 1 2

Preparation of sols:

Dispersion methods

Aggregation methods

1 2

Purification of sols: dialysis, electrodialysis and ultrafiltration 1 2

Optical properties of sols: Tyndall effect

Kinetic properties of sols: Brownian movement 2 4

Electrical properties of sols: Electrophoresis 1 2

Gold number

Stability of sols 1 2

Associated colloids:

Cleansing action of soaps and detergents 2 4

Emulsions 1 2

What are gels? 1 2

Applications of colloids 2 4

Determination of molecular weights of macromolecules 1 2

Total 15 30

Page 304:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge 1.1 Recognize the various types of colloidal systems. Lecture and discussion. Major I, Final Exam 1.2 State different methods of preparation and/or

purification of colloidal dispersions. Lecture and discussion.

Major I, Final Exam

1.3 Outline the properties and/or applications of

colloids. Lecture and discussion.

Major I, Major II, Final

Exam

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Write five points of difference between lyophobic

and lyophilic colloids. Lecture and discussion.

Major I, Final Exam

2.2 Explain the origin of charge on sol particles and

the stability of colloid. Lecture and discussion.

Major I, Major II, Final

Exam 2.3 Compare between elastic and non-elastic gels. Lecture and discussion. Major II, Final Exam

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Show the ability to work in-group. Small group work Homework

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Online Researching on different topics in different

websites of colloids. Research activity Group reports

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 NA NA NA

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

None

Page 305:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 2.1 3.2 4.1

1.1

1.2

1.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

3.1

4.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1 Class activities (in class quizzes, homework, group report) Each chapter 10%

2 Major I exam. Around 6th -

7th 20%

3 Major II exam. Around 11th

-12th week 20%

4 Final exam. As scheduled

on the banner 50%

5 Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

e. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.

f. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and

career advice, and general counseling.

Page 306:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

a. A. Bahl, B.S. Bahl and G.D. Tuli, Essentials of Physical Chemistry, 19th Edition, 2012. ISBN:

978-8121929783.

b. Colloid Science; Principles, Methods and Applications, 2nd Edition, Terence Cosgrove (Editor),

Publisher: Willy-Blackwell , 2010. ISBN: 978-1-4443-2019-0

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

a. Journal of material chemistry and physics.

b. Journal of surface science.

c. Journal of colloid and interface science.

d. Journal of physical chemical.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

Introduction to Colloid and Surface Chemistry (Fourth Edition), edited by Duncan J. Shaw,

Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 1992, ISBN: 978-0-08-050910-5.

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

http://www.chm.bris.ac.uk/webprojects2002/pdavies/

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

f. Power point prepared by the course instructor.

g. Materials available on the lecturer's home page.

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

x. Data show.

y. Smart Board.

z. Computer and internet connection.

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

NA

Page 307:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

e. Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.

f. Discussion with students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the

teaching strategies.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

h. Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field.

i. Peer consultation on teaching.

j. Discussions within the group of faculty members teaching the same course.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

d. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of the course evaluation.

e. Workshop given by experts on modern teaching methodologies.

f. Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

g. The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed. Any changes should be

approved by the departmental and higher councils.

h. The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is

reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

i. The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud

Dr. Samah Abdel-Rhman Ahmed

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem Ahmed Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 308:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation &Assessment

Heterocyclic Chemistry– CHEM 470

T6. Course Specifications

Page 309:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution : University of Hail Date of Report:

18/12/2016

College/Department : Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Heterocyclic chemistry– CHEM 470

2. Credit hours : 2 hours

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered.

(If general elective available in many programs indicate this rather than list programs)

Chemistry program

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course :

Male : Dr. Ahmed Hussien Shamroukh

5. Level/year at which this course is offered :7th level/ 4thyear

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any) :

CHEM 371- Organic Reaction Mechanism and CHEM 376- Organic Spectroscopy

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None

8. Location if not on main campus : N/A

9. Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. e-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

√ 100%

Page 310:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

B Objectives

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course the students will be:

• Taught the basic concepts of Heterocyclic chemistry effectively

• Given the structure and nomenclature of heterocyclic compounds (five and six

membered ring)

• Given the synthesis of heterocyclic compounds (five and six membered ring).

• Taught the physical properties and chemical reactions of heterocyclic

compounds(five and six membered ring)

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being

implemented. (e.g. increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as

a result of new research in the field)

• The course material Will be posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be

accessed by the students enrolled in the course only

• Using models of molecules and educational videos

• Utilizing various internet resources that offer informative details to support the lecture

course material.

• Tutorial, reading assignments will be considered to enrich the scope of the course.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form to be used for the Bulletin or

handbook)

Course Description:

This course covers the systematic nomenclature of heterocycles, five and six membered rings with

one heteroatom, i.e. pyrroles, furans, thiophenes, pyridines and Their benzo derivatives. Synthesis,

reactions, physical and chemical properties. Five and six membered rings with two heteroatom, i.e.

diazoles, oxazoles, thiazoles diazines, oxazines, thiazines. Five and six membered rings with three

and more heteroatoms: triazoles triazines, tetrazines, oxadiazines and oxathiazines.

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact Hours

Chapter One: Introduction

1- Aromatic and Non-aromatic Heterocyclic Systems

2- Systematic Nomenclature

2

4

Page 311:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter Two:

Five-membered Ring Systems with One Heteroatom: Pyrroles,

Furans, Thiophenes and Their Benzo Derivatives.

3

6

Chapter Three:

Five-membered Ring Systems with Two Heteroatoms: Diazoles,

Oxazoles, Thiazoles and Their Benzo Derivatives.

2

4

Chapter Four:

Five-membered Ring Systems with Three and More Heteroatoms:

Triazoles and Their Benzo Derivatives. Tetrazoles, Oxadiazoles

2

4

Chapter Five:

Six-membered Ring Systems with One Heteroatom: Pyridines and

Their Benzo Derivatives, Pyrilium and Thiopyrilium Salts.

2

4

Chapter Six:

Six-membered Ring Systems with Two Heteroatoms: Diazines,

Oxazines, Thiazines.

2

4

Chapter Seven:

Six-membered Ring Systems with Three and More

Heteroatoms:Triazines, Tetrazines, Oxadiazines and Oxathiazines.

2

4

Total 15 30(Lecture)

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial

Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week. Non

Page 312:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Teaching Strategy

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

By the end of this course the students will be able to :

1.1 Describe an aromatic and non-aromatic

heterocyclic compound.

Lecture Exam(2majors +

Quizzes+ final exam)

1.2 Record the name of heterocyclic rings, physical

properties and the reaction of heterocyclic

compounds(five and Six membered ring)

Lecture Exam(2majors +

Quizzes+ final exam)

1.3

.

Write synthesis of heterocyclic

compounds(five and six membered ring

Lecture

Small group discussion

Exam(2majors +

Quizzes+ final exam)

2.0 Cognitive Skills

By the end of this course the students will be able to :

2.1 Explain the physical properties and the

reactivity of heterocyclic compounds (five and

Six membered ring)

Brainstorming

Small group discussion

Exam(2majors +

Quizzes+ final exam)

2.2 Prepare some heterocyclic compounds (five

and Six membered ring)

Lecture

small group work

Exam(2majors +

Quizzes+ final exam

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

By the end of this course the students will be able to :

3.1 Prepare any heterocyclic compounds by

selecting appropriate procedure.

Small group discussion Exam (2majors +

Quizzes+ final exam

3.2 Show the ability to work in-group. Small group work

Homework and group

reports

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

By the end of this course the students will be able to :

4.1 Online Researching on heterocyclic

compounds (five and Six membered ring)

Research activities Group report

5.0 Psychomotor

By the end of this course the students will be able to :

5.1

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across

the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 2.2 3.3 3.2 4.1

1.1 √

1.2 √

1.3 √

Page 313:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2.1 √

2.2 √

3.1 √

3.2 √

4.1 √

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1 Class activates (in class quizzes , homework and group report) weekly 10%

2

Major exams I Within the sixth week

20%

3

Major exams II Within the Tenth week

20%

5

Final exam As scheduled

by the registrar

50%

Total - 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations

and academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each

week)

• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for

students’ consultation and academic advice.

• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the

students

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks

• Heterocyclic Chemistry, 3rd Ed. (1997), T. L. Gilchrist, Prentice Hall- ISBN-10:

0582278430, ISBN-13: 978-05822784Joule, J. A.; Mills, K.; Heterocyclic chemistry; 4th

ed.; Blackwell Science: Oxford, 2000.

• Eicher, T.; Hauptmann, S. The chemistry of heterocycles; 2nd ed.; Thieme: Stuttgart, 2003

Page 314:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)

• A Textbook of Organic Chemistry, A. Bahl and B. S. Bahl, S. CHAND, 2004

• Organic Chemistry, 8ed., T.W. GraharmSolmons and Carig B. Fryhle, Wiley International

Edition, 2004, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

• Katritzky, A. R.; Pozharskii, A. F. Handbook of heterocyclic chemistry; 2nd ed.;

Pergamon: Oxford,2000.

• Helv. Chim. Acta

• Tetrahedron Letters

• J. Org. Chem.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)

• Chem. Rev. Journal

• Journal of Medicinal Chemistry

4. List Electronic Materials(eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)

• www.organicwordwide.net

• http://www.chemistry.com

• http://www.orgsyn.org

• http://www.epa.gov/gcc/

• www.chemweb.com

• http://www.newagepublishers.com/samplechapter/001122

• http://www.youtube.com/results?search_query-Organic+chemistry&aq=f

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or

regulations and software. • Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Materials available on the course teacher 's home page

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number

of seats in classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.)

• Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

• Data Show (overhead projector).

• Computer and internet connection.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.)

• Data show

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or

attach list)

All the instruments, glassware and chemicals as mentioned in the laboratory manual.

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

Page 315:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching

• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the

teaching process that used for course.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor

• Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field

• Peer consultation on teaching

• Departmental council discussions

• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching

23. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field

24. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

25. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

26. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course

evaluation

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an

independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and

remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)

Remarking of test papers by a another faculty member from the same department

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and

planning for improvement.

• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically checked using measuring

forms approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are

approved in the departmental and higher councils.

• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which

is reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the

proposed changes

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Ahmed Hussien Shamroukh

Signature: __________________________Report Completed Date: ____________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: _____________________________Date Received:__________________________

Page 316:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Natural Products Chemistry – CHEM 473

T6. Course Specifications

Page 317:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 13/12/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Natural Products Chemistry / CHEM 473

2. Credit hours: 2hours

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Dr. Essam Ul-Deen Nabih Mohamed Ads

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level 7 / 4th year (Elective course)

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any):

Organic Chemistry II –CHEM 274

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus: Main campus

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 100%

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: Offered material of course manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to

power point representation and add to blackboard.

B. Objectives

Page 318:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course the students will be:

• Taught the material relating to chemical aspects of natural products.

• Given some of the most important classes of natural products.

• Taught the isolation, extraction, purification methods of in plants and animal kingdom.

• Develop the chemical methods, analytical and spectroscopic techniques used in identification of natural

products.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

• The course material will be posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be accessed by the

students enrolled in the course only and the blackboard.

• Using an educational videos

• Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

Chemistry of natural products deals mainly with the isolation, extraction, purification

and identification of chemical constituents in plants and animal kingdom. Also, it is

concerned with the elucidation of structures of unknown compounds using different

chemical and physical techniques possible. It is important here, to have an idea about

the procedure of extractions and the methods of separation as well as the methods of

determination of structures used in natural products chemistry.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Page 319:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter1: Introduction

1.1. Introduction of Natural Products

1.2.Classification of Natural Products

1.3. Isolation and Separation Techniques a. Chromatographic methods

b. Gas Liquid Chromatography

c. Thin Layer Chromatography

d. High Performance Liquid Chromatography

3 6

Chapter2: Terpens and Terpenoids

2.1. Introduction

2.1.1.Classification

2.1.2.Biosynthesis

2.1.3.Monotrpenoids

2.1.3.1.Myrcene

2.1.3.2.Citral

2.1.3.3.Geraniol

2.1.3.4.Menthol

2.2. Sesquiterpinoids

2.3. Diterpenoids

3 6

Chapter 3: Steroids and Sterols

3.1. Introduction of steroid

3.2. Nomenclature of steroid

3.3. Configuration and Conformation of Steroids

3.4. Biosynthesis of Steroids

3.5. Classification of sterols

3.6. Cholesterol

3.7. Vitamin D group

3.8. Bile acids

3.9. Sex Hormones 3.10. Adrenocortical Hormones (Cortisone)

3 6

Chapter 4: Alkaloids

4.1. Introduction

4.2. Classification

4.3. Nomenclature

4.4. Pharmaceutical applications

4.5. Isolation

• Papavarin

• Morphine

• Quinines

4.6. Heterocyclic alkaloids

-Tobacco (Nicotine)

-Tropane Alkaloids

Atropine

Cocaine

- Purine alkaloids

4 8

Page 320:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 5: Flavonoids

5.1. Introduction

5.2. Classcification of flavonoids

5.3. Isolation of flavonoids

5.4. Determination of structure of flavonoids

2 4

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Identify the principle involved in modern techniques to Identify, analyze and estimate natural products

lecture, Brainstorming ,

Lecture

Major I, Final Exam

Page 321:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1.2 Define the properties and chemistry of natural

products.

lecture, Brainstorming , Major I, Final Exam

1.3 Write the chemical reactions for the synthesis of various natural products

lecture, Brainstorming Major II, Final Exam

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Apply qualitative and quantitative methods for assay of

different classes of natural products. Brainstorming,

Discussion, lecture,

Major I, Major II, Final

Exam

2.2 Analyze data obtained from experiments and establish their chemical structures.

Brainstorming , lecture

by using power point

presentation

Major II, Final Exam

2.3 Designing and Determining the structure of

unknown natural products

Brainstorming ,

Lecture by using power

point presentation

Major I, Major II, Final

Exam

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Perform different techniques procedures in the

analysis of active constituents of natural products.

Brainstorming, lecture,

group discussion

Major II, Final Exam

Homework and group

reports

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Online Researching on different topics in different

websites of natural products chemistry Research activity Group reports

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 N.A N.A N.A

5.2

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.1

1.1 √

1.2 √

1.3 √

2.1 √

2.2 √

2.3

3.1 √

4.1 √

Page 322:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Class ( in class quizzes, homework, group report) Each

chapter

10%

2

Major exams I Around 6th

-7th

20%

3 Major exams II Around 11th

-12th week

20%

4 Final exam As

scheduled

on the

banner

50%

5 Total - 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’

consultation and academic advice.

• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the students

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

Chemistry of Natural Products, Bhat, Sujata V., Nagasampagi, Bhimsen A., Sivakumar, Meenakshi Jointly published

with Narosa Publishing House 2013, XXXI, 840 p., Hardcover ISBN: 978-3-540-40669-3

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

Natural Products Isolation / Edition 2 by: Satyajit D. Sarker (Editor) ISBN: 1588294471

ISBN-13: 9781588294470

eISBN: 9781592599554

PUB. DATE: 2010

PUBLISHER: Springer-Verlag New York, LLC

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

- Fenton, DE 1999, Biocoordination Chemistry, OUP, Oxford.

- Herz, W (ed) 1999, Progress in the Chemistry of Organic Natural Products, Springer-Verlag, Wien. (ISBN

3211832645)

Page 323:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

- Milner, P (ed) 1999, High Resolution Chromatography, Oxford University Press, Oxford. (ISBN 0-

199636494)

- Patrick, GL 2001, An Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry, 2nd edn, Oxford University Press, Oxford. (ISBN

0-198505337)

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

NA.

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

• Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Materials available on the course teacher 's home page and blackboard

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

• Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with electronic board with its pen.

• Data Show (overhead projector).

• Laser remote for moving the power point slides.

• Computer and internet connection.

• Ball and Stick models of organic molecules.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

Data show, Smart Board, software

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process that used for course especially after the first queues and the major I.

• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.

• Any conclusion comes from the academic advisor of the student must be in consideration.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

• Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field

• Peer consultation on teaching

• Departmental council discussions

• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course

Page 324:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

27. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field

28. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

29. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

30. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Remarking of test papers by a another faculty member from the same department

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms

approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the

departmental and higher councils.

• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is reported

to the course instructor officially through the department

• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes

Name of Course Instructor: _Dr.Essam Ul-Deen Nabih Mohamed Ads____________

Signature: __ ____ Report Completion Date: _13/12/2016_

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 325:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Advanced Organic Synthesis – CHEM 476

T6. Course Specifications

Page 326:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: : College of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Advanced Organic Synthesis – CHEM 476

2. Credit hours: 2

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

Chemistry program

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hatem Salem Halouani

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 8th level/ 4th year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 274 – Organic Chemistry II

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any):

8. Location if not on main campus:

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

B. Objectives

100%

Page 327:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

The course aims to give the general principles of the methods for preparation of some organic

compounds through disconnection approach.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

The course material Will be posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be accessed by the

students enrolled in the course only.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

Brief overview of the principles of organic synthesis (retro-synthetic analysis & selectivity). This is

followed by a many ways of making each type of molecule starting with simple aromatic and aliphatic

compounds with one functional group and progressing to molecules with many functional groups.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Chapter 1: The Disconnection Approach

1 2

Chapter 2: Basic Principles: Synthones and Reagents Synthesis of

Aromatic Compounds

2 4

Chapter 3: One-Group C-X Disconnections

2 4

Chapter 4: Two-Group C-X Disconnections

2 4

Chapter 5: One-Group C-C Disconnections I: Alcohols

2 4

Chapter 6: One-Group C-C Disconnections II: Carbonyl Compounds

2 4

Chapter 7: Two-Group Disconnections I: Diels-Alder Reactions

2 4

Chapter 8: Two-Group Disconnections II: 1,3-Difunctionalized

Compounds and α, β-unsaturated Carbonyl Compounds

1 2

Page 328:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Revision 1 2

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Stu io

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Describe the retro synthesis of any target

molecule

Lecture Exam(2majors +

Quizzes+ final exam)

1.2 Analysis and write proposal mechanism

synthesis of a target molecule

Lecture Exam(2majors +

Quizzes+ final exam)

1 hour

Page 329:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1.3 Introduce the meaning of synthons ,reagents,

FGI, FGA

Lecture Exam(2majors +

Quizzes+ final exam)

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Explain how and where to do the disconnection

between C-C and C-N

Lecture Exam(2majors +

Quizzes+ final exam)

2.2 Study the different types of disconnection (1,1-

disc; 1,2-disc; 1,3 –disc and two group of C-C

disconnections I (retro-Diels Alder reaction)

Lecture Exam(2majors +

Quizzes+ final exam)

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Practical work in the lecture how they analysis

and to write the synthesis of a target molecules

Lecture Solving problems in the

smart board

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Online Researching on advance organic

synthesis

research activities small research projects

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 None

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.2 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.1 4.1

1.1 ν ν ν

2.3 ν ν ν

3.3 ν ν

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Class activates ( in class quizzes, homework) weekly 10%

2

Major 1 Exam Within the

sixth week

20%

3 Major 2 Exam Within the

Tenth week

20%

4 Final Exam As

scheduled

by the

50%

Page 330:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

registrar

5 Total - 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

• Each faculty member is required to be available in his office 21 hrs/week to devote, for students’

consultation and academic advice.

• In the end of each lecture, I required to devote 20 -30 min/week for helping the students to solve certain

difficulty in the exercises.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

Organic Synthesis: The Disconnection Approach Stuart Warren, Paul Wyatt Publisher: Wiley; 2nd edition

(January 14, 2009) ISBN-10: 0470712368 ISBN-13: 978-0470712368

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

• Tetrahedron Letters

• J. Org. Chem.

• Eur. J. Org. Chem

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

• www.organicwordwide.net

• http://www.chemistry.com

• http://www.orgsyn.org

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

• Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher.

• Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher.

• Materials available on the course teacher 's home page

F. Facilities Required

Page 331:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

• Good functionality of smart board

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process that used for course.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

• Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field

• Peer consultation on teaching

• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

• Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field

• Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is reported

to the course instructor officially through the department.

Page 332:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Name of Course Instructor: Hatem Salem Halouani

Signature: Hatem Salem Halouani Report Completion Date: 05/11/2016

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 333:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation &Assessment

Practical Organic Chemistry II - CHEM 478

T6. Course Specifications

Page 334:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution Hail University Date of Report: 18/12/2016

College/Department : College of Science / Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Practical organic chemistry II - CHEM 478

2. Credit hours: 2 (Two Credit hours)

Contact hours: 6 (Six Contact hours)

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

(If general elective available in many programs indicate this rather than list programs)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Male Branch: Dr. Ahmed H. Shamroukh, Dr. Essam Uldeen Nabih Ads

Female Branch:

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 7th level / 4thyear

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): -

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): CHEM 470

8. Location if not on main campus:

9. Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. e-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

B Objectives

√ 100 %

Page 335:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this Course student will be to:-

Familiarize with techniques commonly used in the practical organic chemistry; Synthesis, purification,

separation, isolation, calculation the theoretical yield and the percent yield, characterization of

synthesized products with physical means.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in

the field)

The plan to develop the course is as follows:

9- Explain strategy of the course in the beginning of the semester.

10- Electronic materials and computer based programs have been utilized to support the

laboratory course material.

11- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings

12- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form to be used for the Bulletin or

handbook)

Course Description:

The course emphasizes the practical of organic chemistry. Experiments include

theoretical and experimental; Synthesis, separation, and calculation the theoretical

yield and the percent yield for each compound synthesized. We characterized by

measuring the melting point and the recrystallization.

1. Topics to be covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact

Hours

Separation of A Mixture.

Physical separation method

Chemical separation method

1

6

Experiments 1: Separation and identification of binary organic mixtures (acid-acid)

Experiment 2: Separation and identification of

binary organic mixtures(acid- base) 1 6

Page 336:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Experiment 3: Separation and identification of binary

organic mixture (acid- neutral)

Experiment 4: Separation and identification of binary

organic mixture (acid-phenol) 1 6

Experiments 5: Separation and identification of binary

organic mixtures (base-neutral)

Experiments 6: Separation and identification of

binary organic mixtures (Base-Phenol): 1 6

Experiment 7: Synthesis of Acetylsalicylic acid (Aspirin) and characterization

Experiment 8: Synthesis of acetanilide and characterization

1 6

Experiment 9: Synthesis of Phthalimide and Characterization

Experimanient 10: Synthesis of Dibenzal acetone and Characterization 1 6

Experiment 11: [4+2] cycloaddition reactions and charaterization

Experiment 12: SYNTHESIS OF SOAP

1 6

Experiment 13: THE SYNTHESIS OF ESTERS

Experiment 14: Synthesis of Hexahydro-1,3,5-tri-p-tolyl-s-triazine 1 6

Experiment 15: Synthesis of 2,3-diphenylquinoxaline 1 6

Experiment 16: Synthesis of 5,5-Diphenylhydantoin 1 6

Experiment 17: Synthesis of benzimidazole 1 6

Experiment 18: Synthesis of Benzotriazole 1 6

Experiment 19: Synthesis of 3-Methyl-1-phenyl-5-pyrazolone 1 6

Experiment 20: Synthesis of Barbituric Acid 1 6

Experiment 21: Synthesis of 6-Phenyl-4,5-dihydro-pyridazin-3-ol 1 6

Total 15 90

Page 337:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours - - 90 - 30 90 120

Credit - - 2 - - 2 4.8

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and

align with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment

methods that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome,

assessment method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated

learning and teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each

domain.)

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

By the end of this course the students will be able to

1.1 Recognize the various technique

commonly used in the synthesis,

separation, isolation and purification and

characterization of organic compounds.

lab demonstrations Exams (Quizzes +Mid lab exam

+ final lab exam)

1.2 Calculation the theoretical yield and the

percent yield of synthesized compounds

lab demonstrations Exams (Quizzes +Mid lab exam

+ final lab exam)

1.3 Characterization of synthesized products

with physical means.

lab demonstrations Exams (Quizzes +Mid lab exam

+ final lab exam)

2.0 Cognitive Skills

Page 338:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across

the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 2.3 2.7 4.1 5.1

1.1 √

1.2 √

2.1 √

2.2 √

4.1 √

5.1 √

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1 Lab. Report

weekly 25%

2 Mid exam (practical 20%+ sheet 5%) 7th week 25%

3 Final exam (practical 40%+ sheet 10%) 15th week 50%

By the end of this course the students will be able to

2.1 Synthesis, separation, isolation and

purification of organic compounds.

lab demonstrations Exams(Quizzes +Mid lab exam

+ final lab exam)

2.2 Characterization of synthesized products

with physical means

lab demonstrations, small

groups work

Exams(Quizzes +Mid lab exam

+ final lab exam), lab reports.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

By the end of this course the students will be able to

3.1 Analyze different situations and problems small group work, lab

demonstrations

Exams (Quizzes +Mid lab exam

+ final lab exam), lab reports.

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

By the end of this course the students will be able to

4.1 Online Researching on different topics in

different websites of organic chemistry Research activity individual and group

presentations peer and self-

evaluations 5.0 Psychomotor

By the end of this course the students will be able to :

5.1 Demonstrate safety procedure for

dealing with devices, several glass

wears for performing different

experiments.

lab demonstrations

lab reports & Lab exams

Page 339:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Total - 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)

e. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.

f. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and career

advice, and general counseling.

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks

Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, 5th Edition, by Vogel, Arthur I.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)

4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)

- 5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations and

software.

13- Power point prepared by the course instructor.

14- Materials available on the lecture's home page

15- Lab manual

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.)

Lab. containing computerized instruments for kinetic chemistry and surface and catalysis

experiments.

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.)

Data show

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach

list)

Page 340:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching

- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and

disadvantages of the teaching process that used for course.

- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire. 2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor

4- Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.

5- Periodical evaluation of the course by the department 6- Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching

1) The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation

2) Workshop presented with experts on modern teaching methodologies.

3) Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field. 4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a

sample of assignments with staff at another institution)

Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Ahmed H. Shamroukh, Dr. Essam Uldeen Nabih Ads

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring

forms approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are

approved in the departmental and higher councils.

• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which

is reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes.

Page 341:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Petrochemicals – CHEM 479

T6. Course Specifications

Page 342:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 13/12/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Petrochemicals / CHEM 479

2. Credit hours: 2hours

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Dr. Essam Ul-Deen Nabih Mohamed Ads

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level 7 / 4th year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any):

Organic Chemistry II –CHEM 274

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus: Main campus

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 100%

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: Offered material of course manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to

power point representation and add to blackboard.

B. Objectives

Page 343:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course the students will be:

• To instill in students a history, occurrence and recovery of petroleum, including terminology and

classification for petroleum, recovery and transportation.

• To provide students with knowledge about composition, analysis and evaluations of petroleum and

skills base from which they can proceed to further studies in specialized areas of petroleum industry

and environment.

• To generate in students an appreciation of the importance of thermal chemistry of petroleum, heavy

oil upgrading ,thermal catalytic cracking , petroleum industries in an economic, environmental and

social context.

• To provide students with knowledge about the importance of petroleum in our daily life

• Taught the petrochemicals and its applications

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

• The course material will be posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be accessed by the

students enrolled in the course only and the blackboard.

• Using an educational videos

• Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

To provide an overview of natural gas, oil importance, properties, its origin and structure, methods of

petrochemical production, chemistry of industrial fibers, brief on local chemical industries, used technology

in manufacturing polyethylene’s, polystyrenes and PVC.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Chapter1: introduction and history of petroleum

• Theory of Petroleum and gas formation

• Type of Petroleum Reservoirs.

• Exploration and discovery

• Drilling

2 4

Page 344:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 2: Crude oil

• Crude oil composition ,classification and important of petroleum

• Quality control of Crude oil and petroleum products

2 4

Chapter 3: Petroleum storage and mechanism of its formation

2 4

Chapter 4: Crude oil and refining

• Petroleum refining Methods.

- Separation Process

- Conversion Process

- Finishing Process(Removal of impurities)

2 4

Chapter 5: Petrochemicals

• Goal of oil refining

• Refining operations

• Ethyleve Stream

• Propylene Stream

• Butene-Butadiene Stream

• Pyrolysis gasoline- hydrogenation

• Aromatic in Petrochemicals

2 4

Chapter 6: Petrochemicals

• Hydrocarbon Intermediates

• Paraffinic Hydrocarbon

• Olifinic Hydrocarbon production and Dienes

• Aromatic Hydrocarbon and its extractions

• Liquid Petroleum fractions and residues

• Carbon black

2 4

Page 345:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 7 :Petrochemicals

• Synthesis gas and chemicals.

• Uses of Naphthenic acid and its salts

• Uses of Chloromethanes

• Chemicals from high molecular weight n-paraffins.

• Chemicals based on Ethylene

• Chemicals based on Propylene

3 6

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week: None

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

Page 346:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1.0 Knowledge 1.1 State the importance, occurrence, and theories of

petroleum and gas formation.

lecture, Discussion Exam(major I +Quizzes +

final exam)

1.2 Recognize the major activities of petroleum

exploration and drillings.

lecture, Discussion Exam(major I +Quizzes +

final exam)

1.3 Describe Crude Oil Composition and Analysis lecture, Discussion Exam(major I +Quizzes +

final exam)

1.4 Outline the refining methods for petroleum crude lecture, Discussion Exam(major I +Quizzes +

final exam)

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Compare between thermal and catalytic cracking of

petroleum.

lecture, Discussion Exam(major II +Quizzes +

final exam)

2.2 Evaluate the petroleum crude and petroleum

products in view of quality control.

lecture, Discussion Exam(major II +Quizzes +

final exam)

2.3 Differentiate between different types of petroleum

products

lecture, Discussion Exam(major II +Quizzes +

final exam)

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1

Show the ability to work in group.

Research

activity Group reports

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Online Researching on petrochemicals research activities Individual and group

presentations

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 N.A N.A N.A

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.3 2.1 2.2 3.2 4.1 1.1 √ 1.2 √ 1.3 √ 1.4 √ 2.1 √ 2.2 √ 2.3 √

3.1 √

Page 347:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4.1 √

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Class ( in class quizzes, homework, group report , small research projects or individual Or/ and group presentations)

weekly 10%

2

Major exams I Within the sixth week

20%

3 Major exams II Within the

Tenth week 20%

4 Final exam As

scheduled by the

registrar

50%

5 Total - 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’

consultation and academic advice.

• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 1hr/week for helping the students

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

a- U. R. Chaudhuri, Fundamentals of petroleum and petrochemical engineering, Boca

Raton, CRC Press, 2011, ISBN: 1439851603.

b- Petroleum Chemistry and Refining JAMES G. SPEIGHT (Author) ISBN-: 1-56032-587-9

c - The Chemistry and Technology of Petroleum , (2007), 4th EditionISBN- 10: 0-8493-9067-2 (James G. Speight).

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

Journal of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering.

Page 348:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

Journal of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering.

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

• http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Petroleum

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

• Power Point for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Handout for all the content of the course prepared by the course teacher. • Materials available on the course teacher 's home page and blackboard

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

• Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with electronic board with its pen.

• Data Show (overhead projector).

• Laser remote for moving the power point slides.

• Computer and internet connection.

• Ball and Stick models of organic molecules.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

Data show, Smart Board, software

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

• Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process that used for course especially after the first queues and the major I.

• Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire.

• Any conclusion comes from the academic advisor of the student must be in consideration.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

• Comparing the course with the latest topics of the field

• Peer consultation on teaching

• Departmental council discussions

• Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

Page 349:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

31. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field

32. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

33. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

34. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Remarking of test papers by a another faculty member from the same department

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms

approved by the DQD & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the

departmental and higher councils.

• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is reported

to the course instructor officially through the department

• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes

Name of Course Instructor: _Dr.Essam Ul-Deen Nabih Mohamed Ads____________

Signature: __ ____ Report Completion Date: _13/12/2016_

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 350:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Applied Inorganic Chemistry - CHEM 480

T6. Course Specifications

Page 351:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 6/11/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Applied Inorganic Chemistry (CHEM 480)

2. Credit hours: 2

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry Program

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Dr. Emad A. Mowafy

Dr. Seham Nagib Tawfic

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 7th Level / 4th year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Coordination Chemistry (CHEM 385)

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus:

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

B. Objectives

100%

Page 352:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course the student should be:

1. Studied the basic concepts of structure, physical and chemical properties of inorganic materials that

are relevant for real world applications.

2. Studied the major chemical processes and equipment used for extraction of major commercial

inorganic materials used in society.

3. Studied the main applications for developed inorganic materials such as some types of ceramics,

layered compounds, porous materials, semiconductors

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

- The contents of the course must be regularly updated to modern applications in various scientific

fields through websites and electronic libraries

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description: This Course is one of courses related to applied science of chemistry. The student

studies the factors affecting the production of different chemicals.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Chapter 1: Introduction

1- Introduction: Overview of the applied chemical processes and

primary raw materials

2 2

Chapter 2: Metallurgical Processes

1- Extraction, purification and refinement of metals from their ores and

some symbols of equipment

3 3

Chapter 3: The production methods of inorganic material:

1- The production methods of main inorganic material such as iron,

aluminum, tungsten, and titanium and the effect of these methods on

environment.

2 2

Page 353:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 4: Production of glass and Kaolin:

1- Types and methods of production of glass

2- Types and methods of production of Kaolins and ceramics

2 2

Chapter 5: Crystal structure and properties of various inorganic

minerals

2 2

Chapter 6: Chemistry and application of graphite and fullerenes 2 2

Chapter 7: Chemistry and application of zeolite 2 2

Total 15 15

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 15 - 45 - 30 60 90

Credit 1 - 1 - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

0

Page 354:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1.1 Define the main physical and chemical

properties of inorganic materials

Lectures, discussions Exams (Majors + Final)

1.2 Describe the different methods used for

production of inorganic materials

Lectures, Lab

Experiments

Exams (Majors + Final)

1.3 Outline the main application of some inorganic

materials such as graphite, fullerenes, zeolite,

and ceramics.

Lectures, Group

discussions

Exams (Majors + Final)

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Compare between the different methods used

for industrial production

Lectures, problems

strategy

Exams (Majors + Final)

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

NA

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

NA

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 Draws some of the equipment frequently used

in the production of inorganic materials

Lectures Exams (Majors + Final)

5.2 Perform some practical experiments Lab Experiments Lab report + Lab exam

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.2 1.6 2.4 5.2

1.1

1.2

1.3

2.1

5.1

5.2

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project,

examination, speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1 Lab report weekly 10%

2 Major 1 Exam 7th week 10%

Page 355:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3 Practical Lab mid exam 7th week 10%

4 Major 2 Exam 12th week 10%

5 Practical lab final exam 15th week 15%

6 Theoretical lab final exam Scheduled by

the register

15%

7 Final exam Scheduled by

the register

30%

Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

2 hours / week

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

1- Inorganic Chemistry, Catherine E, Houscroft and Alan G. Sharpe, Third edition , Pearson

education limited, ISBN : 978-0-13-175553-6

2- Inorganic Chemistry (5TH 11) by Duward Shriver, ISBN10: 1429218207, ISBN13:

9781429218207, Publisher: W.H. Freeman

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

Page 356:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

Lecture room (About 30 seats) well equipped for students

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

Computer with Active Inspire software installed, Data show, Smart board and presenter Internet

connection

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course

Analyzing the questionnaire by the Quality Committee in the department and giving feedback to

the instructor of the course and the department for further improvement actions.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

Attending workshop concerning educational (pedagogic) methods

- Attending teachers' meetings

- Discussion between the responsible of the course and the students

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

(a) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms

approved by the QC & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the

departmental and higher councils.

(b) The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is

reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

(c) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.

Page 357:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Emad A. Mowafy

Dr. Seham Nagib Tawfic

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: ___06/11/2016___

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 358:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Nuclear and Radiation Chemistry - CHEM 483

T6. Course Specifications

Page 359:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 6/11/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Nuclear and Radiation Chemistry (CHEM 483)

2. Credit hours: 2

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry Program

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Male: Dr/ Emad Mowafy

Female: Dr/ Dina El-Naggar

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 8 level/4th year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Chemistry of Main Group Elements (CHEM 286)

Chemical Kinetics (368)

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus:

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

B. Objectives

100%

Page 360:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. What is the main purpose for this course?

Provide the student with conceptual, fundamental knowledge and skills of the following:

• Taught the fundamental concepts of radiation and nuclear chemistry.

• Taught the natural and artificial radioactive material.

• Taught the nuclear reaction (fission and fusion) and application of radiation/ nuclear

energy.

• Differentiate between active mater and inactive one

• Taught how Participate in radiation safety policies, strategies and planning

4. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in

the field)

• Using of smart board and projector (power point program) to represent all lecturers

• Electronic materials (soft copy from teaching materials) will be utilized to support the lecture

course material.

• The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students

enrolled in the course only.

• Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description: An introduction to nuclear and radiochemistry stressing the fundamentals of

nuclear structure, systematic of nuclear decay, the detection and measurement of radiation, radiation

protection, and the role of nuclear chemistry in medical, environmental and scientific applications.

The nuclear fuel cycle and nuclear waste problems.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Chapter 1 Introduction of nuclear and radiation chemistry

- Definitions, Terms, Sources of Ionizing Radiation

– Radiation Chemistry vs Photochemistry

– Nuclear Chemistry and Radiochemistry

– Radioactive decay, Half-life, First order reaction, Source strength

-Kintentic of radioactive decay

– Alpha, beta, gamma-radiation, x-rays, high-energy particles

2.5 5

Page 361:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 2 Nuclear reactions

-. Introduction

- Fission reaction

- fusion reaction

- Accelerators, Synchrotron

- Isotopes.

2.5 5

Chapter 3 Nuclear reactors

- How nuclear reactor works

– Different reactor designs – e.g.PHWR, BWR, ..

– Fuel, Coolant, Moderator, pressure vessel vs pressure tubes

– Fission, fission products, neutron activation productsl)

2 4

Chapter 4 Initial interaction with matters

- Charged particles .. vs. Photons

– Bremsstrahlung radiation, inelastic and elastic collision.

– Biological effects of radiation

– Water radiolysis.

2 4

Chapter 5 Dosimetry units

- Introduction

- Units and Measurments

- Radiation Protection

- Safety

2 4

Chapter 6 Applications of Nuclear Technologies(agriclture, medicine,

inidusties, energy)

– Nuclear reactor system chemistry and materials

– Metal Clusters and nanomaterials – important catalysis

– Wastewater remediation – Advanced oxidation processes (AOPs)

– High performance polymeric materials by irradiation

– Radio-sterilization of drugs

– Food irradiation

– Radiotherapy

– Energy

2.5 5

Chapter 7 Nuclear waste 1.5 3

Total 15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Page 362:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Define the fundamental concepts of radiation

and nuclear chemistry.

Lecture, discussion Exams (Majors + Final)

1.2 Demonstrate Nuclear reactors- and How

nuclear reactor works, Biological effect or

radiation

Lecture, discussion Exams (Majors + Final)

1.3 Describe the Applications of nuclear

technologies and its uses (agriculture,

medicine, industries, energy.

Lecture, discussion Exams (Majors + Final)

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Differentiate between radiation and nuclear

chemistry

Lecture, discussion Exam (Majors + Final)

2.2 Explain the initial interaction with matters,

biological effects of radiation- water radiolysis.

Lecture, discussion Exam (Majors + Final)

2.3 Summarize the applications of Nuclear

Technologies and nuclear waste

Lecture, discussion Exam (Majors + Final)

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Show the ability to work in-group. Lecture, discussion,

small group work

Group reports and

quizzes

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

0

Page 363:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4.1 Researching on internet about nuclear and

radiation chemistry.

Research activities Small project by

individual or group

presentations

5.0

Psychomotor

NA NA NA

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.2 2.5 3.2 4.1

1.1

1.2

1.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

3.1

4.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

First major exam 6 20%

2

Second major exam 12 20%

3 Group presentations, quizzes and group reports Periodically 10%

4 Final exam 15 50%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

2 hours / week

E. Learning Resources

Page 364:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5. List Required Textbooks:

G. Choppin, J. Rydbrg and J. Liljenzin, Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry, 3rd Edition,

Butterworth-Heinemann, USA, 2001. ISBN-13: 978-0750674638

6. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

J. radiochimca Acta

J. Radioanal. & Nucl. Chem

J. Radiochemistry

J. Nucl. Chem.

7. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

Radiochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry, Third Edition (Hardcover)

8. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

NA

9. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

• Power point • Materials available on the lecture's home page

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

3. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

• 7 x7 m class room (smart classroom)

• No. of seats = 25

4. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

• Computers

• Smart classroom

• Internet

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

NA

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

Page 365:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course

5. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course

Analyzing the questionnaire by the Quality Committee in the department and giving feedback to

the instructor of the course and the department for further improvement actions.

6. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

- Attending workshop concerning educational (pedagogic) methods

- Attending teachers' meetings

- Discussion between the responsible of the course and the students

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

(a) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms

approved by the QC & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the departmental

and higher councils.

(b) The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is

reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

(c) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Emad Mowafy

Dr. Dina Al –Naggar

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: 6-11-2016

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Page 366:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Bioinorganic Chemistry - CHEM 487

T6. Course Specifications

Page 367:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 07/02/2017

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Bioinorganic Chemistry (CHEM 487)

2. Credit hours: 2

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

BSc Chemistry Program

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hussein Mohamed Elsagher

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 4th year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Coordination Chemistry (CHEM 385)

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus:

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: offered material of course manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to

power point representation.

B. Objectives

100%

Page 368:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this Course student will be able to:

1) Understand the metal function in biological systems.

2) Understand the uptake, transport and storage of metal ions in biological systems

3) Understand the electron-transfer systems, oxygen transport/activation, nitrogen fixation

4) Understand the role of bioinorganic chemistry in medicine.

5) Understand the toxicity of heavy metals and the treatment.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

13- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture

course material.

14- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings

15- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description: This course will give an overview of biological inorganic chemistry and focus on

the uptake, transport and storage of metal ions, electron-transfer systems, oxygen

transport/activation, nitrogen fixation, bioinorganic Chemistry in medicine, toxicity of inorganic

systems.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Introduction and background concepts in coordination chemistry

1 2

Basics of bioinorganic chemistry

1 2

Hard ions: Na+, K+, Mg2+, Ca2+, function, extra- and intra-cellular

concentrations

2 4

Biometals and common oxidation states

1 2

Metal uptake/storage

1 2

Page 369:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Enzymes Classified by Metal Centers: a few examples

1 2

Dioxygen transport, storage and activation

1 2

Coordination for uptake, transport and storage (Fe)

2 4

Major iron-containing proteins

1 2

Hemoglobin and myoglobin

1 2

Biomineralization and photosynthesis

1 2

Fixation of nitrogen

1 2

Chelation therapy

1 2

Total

15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

0

Page 370:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Tell about the metal functions in biological

systems

- Lectures and

discussions

Exams (Majors + final)

1.2 Define the uptake, transport and storage of

metal ions in biological systems

1.3 Recognize the phenomena of electron-transfer

systems, oxygen transport/activation and

nitrogen fixation

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Explain the function of bioinorganic chemistry

in biological systems.

- Lectures and

discussions

Exams (Majors + final)

2.2 Summarize the metal toxicity and Chelation

therapy and the role of bioinorganic chemistry

in medicine.

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 NA

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Online Researching on bioinorganic chemistry Discussions and

research activity

Homework, quizzes and

reports

5.0

Psychomotor

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.6 2.2 2.4 4.1

1.1

1.2

1.3

2.1

2.2

4.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Page 371:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Class activates (homework, quizzes and reports) Weekly 10%

2

Major exams I 6th 20%

3 Major exams II 12th 20%

4 Final exam As scheduled

by the

registrar

50%

Total 100 %

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

At least 6 hours/week

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

- Inorganic Chemistry, Catherine Housecroft, Alan G. Sharpe, 3rd Ed,( Prentice Hall, 2008)

ISBN13: 978-0-13-175553-6

- Bioinorganic Chemistry, Ei-Ichiro Ochiai, Elsevier publisher, ISBN: 978-0-12-088756-9 ISBN10:

0-12-088756-8

- Bioinorganic Chemistry Bertini, I.; Gray, H. B.; Lippard, S. J.; Valentine, J. S.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

Coordination Chemistry Reviews (Journal)

Chemical Education Journal (CEJ)

Journal of Biotechnology

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

The Biological Chemistry Of The Elements: The Inorganic Chemistry Of Life by da Silva and

Williams

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

Page 372:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

http://www.hindawi.com/journals/bca/

http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/book/10.1002/9781119951438

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

- Power point prepared by the course instructor.

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

- Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

- Data Show (overhead projector), computer and internet connection.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

- Data show

- Smart board

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

- Computers and internet

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process used for this course

- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

- Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field

- Peer consultation on teaching

- Departmental council discussions

- Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

35. Subscribe in global magazines and journals.

Page 373:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

36. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

37. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be

taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.

- The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is

reported to the course instructor officially through the department.

- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes.

Name of Course Instructor: _ Dr. Hussein Elsagher and Dr. Manal Alkhabbas____________

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: ___07/02/2017_____

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 374:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Organometallic Chemistry - CHEM 488

T6. Course Specifications

Page 375:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 20/11/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Organometallic Chemistry (CHEM 488)

2. Credit hours: 2

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

BSc Chemistry Program

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hani Pierre El Moll

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 8th level / 4th year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Coordination Chemistry (CHEM 385)

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus:

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to power point presentation.

B. Objectives

100%

Page 376:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

The main objective of this course is to familiarize students with the fundamental principles of

organometallic chemistry which plays a primordial role in the catalytic processes. By completing this

course, students are expected to:

4. Understand the basic principles that govern the electronics, structure and bonding in

organometallic complexes.

5. Learn about the common organometallic compounds and their synthesis.

6. Learn about applications of organometallic chemistry including catalytic reactions

for organic synthesis and polymerization

7. Be able to give reasonable mechanisms for the most important catalytic cycles.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

The contents should be regularly updated according to the new research findings.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description: Properties of organometallic compounds (18 electron rule, metal‐ metal bonding).

Chemical properties of different classes of organometallic compounds, including i. Metal Alkyls and

Hydrides. ii. Metal Carbonyls and Phosphines iii. π (pi) ligands. Reactions of organometallics,

including i. Oxidative Addition/Reductive Elimination ii. Insertion/Elimination. Applications of

organometallic chemistry, including (time permitting) i. Small molecule and C‐ H bond activation ii.

Ethylene (and other olefin) polymerization iii. Organometallic materials and polymers iv. Organic

Synthesis. Selected examples of organolanthanides and organoactinides (thorium and uranium)

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Electron Counting Formalisms, Structure and Bonding in

Organometallic Complexes

2 4

Metal Alkyls, Aryls, and Hydrides and Related σ -Bonded Ligands

2 4

Carbonyls, Phosphine Complexes

2 4

Complexes of π-Bond Ligands

2 4

Page 377:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Ligand Substitution Reactions

1 2

Oxidative Addition and Reductive Elimination

1 2

Insertion and Elimination

1 2

Nucleophilic and Electrophilic Addition and Abstraction

2 4

Organometallic Catalysts and their applications

2 4

Total

15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

0

Page 378:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Recognize the principles and concepts in

organometallic chemistry

- Lecture

- Discussion

Exams (Majors + final)

1.2 Outline the basic mechanistic steps to

organometallic reactions and provide reaction

mechanisms

- Lecture

- Discussion

Exams (Majors + final)

1.3 Name important applications of organometallic

catalysis

- Lecture

- Discussion

Final exam

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Explain how to apply 18-electron rule to judge

the stability of organometallic complexes

- Lecture

- Discussion

Exams (Major I + final)

2.2 Conclude plausible mechanisms for important

catalytic organic reactions using

organometallic complexes

- Lecture

- Discussion

Final exam

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 NA

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Research some course topics in different

websites in the field of organometallic

chemistry

- Discussion

- Research activity

Quizzes, homework,

reports

+

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 NA

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.2 1.6 2.2 2.4 4.1

1.1

1.2

1.3

2.1

2.2

4.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

Page 379:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1

Class activates (quizzes, homework, reports) Weekly 10%

2

Major exams I 7th 20%

3 Major exams II 12th 20%

4 Final exam As scheduled

by the

registrar

50%

Total 100 %

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

At least 6 hours/week

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

- Inorganic Chemistry, Catherine Housecroft, Alan G. Sharpe, 3rd Ed,( Prentice Hall, 2008)

ISBN13: 978-0-13-175553-6

- The organometallic chemistry of the transition metals, fourth edition, Robert H. Crabtree, John

wiley & sons, inc. ISBN 0-471-66256-9

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

- Journal of Organometallic Chemistry

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

- http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/0022328X

- http://global.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/432186/organometallic-compound

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

- Power point prepared by the course instructor.

- Materials available on blackboard

Page 380:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

- Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

- Data Show (overhead projector), computer and internet connection.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

- Data show

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process used for this course

- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

- Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field

- Peer consultation on teaching

- Departmental council discussions

- Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

38. Subscribe in global magazines and journals.

39. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

40. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be taken

Page 381:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

are approved in the departmental and higher councils.

- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hani P. El Moll________________________________

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: 28/05/2017

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 382:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Cluster Chemistry - CHEM 489

T6. Course Specifications

Page 383:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 07/02/2017

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Cluster Chemistry (CHEM 489)

2. Credit hours: 2

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

BSc Chemistry Program

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hani Pierre El Moll

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 8th level / 4th year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Coordination Chemistry (CHEM 385)

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus:

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: manual explanation on board and discussion in addition to power point presentation.

B. Objectives

100%

Page 384:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

The occurrence of molecular clusters, like fullerene C60, constitutes a fundamental feature midway

between the chemistry of isolated chemical compounds and that of the elements. Main features of the

Cluster Chemistry of both main group and transition metal elements are treated. Highlighting aspects

releated to the synthesis, the structure, the special bonding and the reactivity of these species. Current

Concepts in Modern Chemistry - Transition Metal Cluster Chemistry - Main Group-Transition Metal

Mixed Clusters - Cluster Compounds of the Main Group Elements - Synthetic Analogues of the Active

Sites of Iron-Sulfur Proteins will be covered.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

The contents should be regularly updated according to the new research findings.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description: The occurrence of molecular clusters, like fullerene C60, constitutes a fundamental

feature midway between the chemistry of isolated chemical compounds and that of the elements. Main

features of the Cluster Chemistry of both main group and transition metal elements are treated.

Highlighting aspects releated to the synthesis, the structure, the special bonding and the reactivity of

these species. Current Concepts in Modern Chemistry - Transition Metal Cluster Chemistry - Main

Group-Transition Metal Mixed Clusters - Cluster Compounds of the Main Group Elements -

Synthetic Analogues of the Active Sites of Iron-Sulfur Proteins will be covered.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

1. Introduction

1 2

2. polyhedral skeletal electron pair theory (PSEPT), Structure and

Bonding in polymetallic clusters

2 4

3. Main group clusters

3.1. Clusters of p-block elements in a ligand shell

3.2. Clusters in a ligand shell of the Heavier elements of group 13 and 14

3.3. Bare clusters of p-block elements

3 6

Page 385:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4. Transition-Metal Cluster

4.1. Low-valent metal clusters

- Metal carbonyl clusters

- Clusters of late transition metals

4.2. High-valent metal clusters

- Halide clusters of early transition metals

3 6

5. Polynuclear compounds

5.1. Polyoxometalates and related compounds

5.2. Polynuclear compounds including supramolecular polymetallic

transition metal

3 6

6. A survey of cluster properties

6.1. Electrochemical properties

6.2. Magnetic properties

6.3. Photochromic properties

6.4. Catalytic and electro-catalytic properties

3 6

Total

15 30

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

0

Page 386:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Recognize the principles and concepts in

cluster chemistry

- Lecture

- Discussion

Exams (Majors + final)

1.2 Outline the basic mechanistic steps to cluster

formation

Exams (Majors + final)

1.3 Name important applications of clusters Exams (Major II + final)

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Explain and apply the electron counting rules

to polyatomic cluster compounds

- Lecture

- Discussion

Exams (Major I + final)

2.2 Conclude the chemical transformation

mechanisms of clusters including borane

Exams (Major II + final)

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 NA

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Research some course topics in different

websites in the field of cluster chemistry

Research activity Homework, reports

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 NA

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 1.2 1.6 2.2 2.4 4.1

1.1

Page 387:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1.2

1.3

2.1

2.2

4.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Class activates (homework, reports) Weekly 10%

2

Major exams I 7th 20%

3 Major exams II 12th 20%

4 Final exam As scheduled

by the

registrar

50%

Total 100 %

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

At least 6 hours/week

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

- Inorganic Chemistry, Catherine Housecroft, Alan G. Sharpe, 3rd Ed,( Prentice Hall, 2008)

ISBN13: 978-0-13-175553-6

- Cluster Chemistry, Guillermo Gonzalez-Moraga, (1993), ISBN: 978-3-642-85926-7

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

- Journal of Cluster Science

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

Page 388:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

- http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/0022328X

- https://global.britannica.com/science/cluster-compound

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

- Power point prepared by the course instructor.

- Materials available on blackboard

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

- Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

- Data Show (overhead projector), computer and internet connection.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

- Data show

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process used for this course

- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

- Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field

- Peer consultation on teaching

- Departmental council discussions

- Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

41. Subscribe in global magazines and journals.

42. Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

43. Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

Page 389:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be taken

are approved in the departmental and higher councils.

- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.

Name of Course Instructor: _Dr. Hani P. El Moll________________________________

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: ___07/02/2017_____

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 390:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Chromatographic Separation Methods - CHEM 493

T6. Course Specifications

Page 391:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: Faculty of Science / Department of Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Chromatographic Separation Methods - CHEM 493

2. Credit hours: 2 (1 lecture and 1 laboratory)

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: BSc Chemistry Program

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Hani Pierre El Moll

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 8th level / 4th year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Practical Instrumental Analysis (CHEM 394)

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): NA

8. Location if not on main campus: NA

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

B. Objectives

100%

Page 392:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

The main objective of this course is to familiarize students with the fundamental principles of

chromatographic separation processes used in analytical chemistry and primordial for the

purification of organic compounds. By completing this course, students are expected to:

1. Understand the theory and the practice of chromatographic separation processes

2. Select and describe the chromatographic method suitable for the separation of chemical

mixtures of various types

3. Interpret data from chromatograms

4. Be aware of the capabilities and limitations of chromatography instruments

5. Acquire independent laboratory skills

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

The contents should be regularly updated according to the new research findings.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description: This course is dedicated to students who are interested in the analytical separation

methods. It will cover the different type of chromatography as well as the different instruments

related to chromatographic analytical methods.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

1. Basic of Chromatographic techniques

3 3

2. Planar chromatography

2 2

3. Column chromatography

3 3

4. High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC)

3 3

5. Gas Chromatography (GC)

3 3

Page 393:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

6. Comparison of High-Performance Liquid Chromatography and

Gas Chromatography

1 1

Total 15 15

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 15 - 30 - 45 45 90

Credit 1 - 1 - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1

Recognize the basic and general concepts of

analytical separation processes using gas and

liquid chromatography.

Lecture

Discussion Exams (Majors + final +

lab exams)

2.0

Cognitive Skills

0

Page 394:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2.1 Calculate different problems related to

chromatographic separation methods

Lecture

Discussion

Brainstorming

Exams (Majors + final+

lab exams)

2.2 Differentiate between different

chromatographic separation methods Exams (Majors + final)

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Analyze approaches for the validation of the

chromatographic separation methods

Lab demonstration

Group work

Discussion

Exam (Majors + final+

lab exams)

3.2 Interpret data from chromatographic separation

methods

Exam (Majors+ final+

lab exams)

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

NA

5.0

Psychomotor

5.1 Perform analysis in the lab on different

instruments

Lab demonstrations

Small group work Lab. work sheet (report)

and exams

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.1 2.2 3.3 5.2

1.1

2.1

2.2

3.1

3.2

5.1

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Lab report weekly 10%

2

Major 1 exam 7th week 10%

3 Practical Lab 1 exam 7th week 10%

4 Major 2 exam 12th week 10%

Final examination* Lab. (Practical Exam) 15th week 15%

Page 395:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5 Lect.

(30% lecture + 15% Theoretical lab exam

Scheduled

by registrar

45%

(30% Lect + 15%

Lab)

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

At least 2 hours/week

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

- Chromatographic Methods A. Braithwaite, F. J. Smith, ISBN: 978-0-7514-0158-5 (Print) 978-94-

011-0599-6 (Online) 1999, (Print ) 2001

- Principles and Practice of Modern Chromatographic Methods, K. Robards, Kevin Robards, Paul R.

Haddad, Peter E. Jackson, Academic Press, 1994, 495 pages

- Douglas A. Skoog , F. James Holler, Stanley R. Crouch, 2006, Principles of Instrumental

- Analysis, 6th edition, Brooks Cole. ISBN-10: 0495012017, ISBN-13: 978-0495012016.

- Vogel’s : Text book of quantitative chemical analysis, 5th Ed.(1989) , John Wiley and Sons, Lnc,

New York, USA.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

- Journal: UPRM-Databases; http://www.uprm.edu/library/cre/listdbsp.php?l=1&st=15&sh=15

- Journal of Instrumental Analysis

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

- Chemical Analysis: Modern Instrumentation Methods and Techniques, 2nd ed (2007) by Francis and

AnnickRouessac, Publisher: Wiley; ISBN: 0470859032

- Skoog, D.A.; Holler, F. J.; Nieman, T.A. Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 6th Ed. Harcourt

Brace: Philadelphia, 2007.

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

- http://faculty.uml.edu/David_Ryan/84.314

- http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm0T

http://www.uvm.edu/~jgoldber/courses/chem221/links.html0T -

- http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm

- http://userwww.service.emory.edu/~kmurray/mslist.html

- http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm

- http://www.odyseus.nildram.co.uk/RFIC_Theory_Files/Noise_Tutorial.pdf

Page 396:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

- Power point prepared by the course instructor.

- Materials available on blackboard

- Chromatography separation software, (CD of the textbook)

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

- Lecture room with 25 seats, equipped with board.

- Data Show (overhead projector).

- Computer and internet connection.

- The chemistry lab with 15 student capacity equipped with necessary equipment, glassware

- and chemicals necessary for this course.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

- Data show

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

- All the instruments, glassware and chemicals and equipment relevant to the course material, Safety

facilities as mentioned in the laboratory manual

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

- Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process that used for course.

- Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

- Updating the course and reading recent researches in the field.

- Peer consultation on teaching

- Departmental council discussions

- Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course

Page 397:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

- Subscribe in global magazines and journals.

- Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

- Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

- Remarking of test papers by another faculty member from the same department

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

- The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be

taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.

- The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

changes

Name of Course Instructor: _Hani P. El Moll___________________________________

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: ___18/12/2016_____

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 398:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Applied Analytical Chemistry - CHEM 495

T6. Course Specifications

Page 399:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science/Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Applied analytical chemistry (CHEM 495)

2. Credit hours: 2 (1 lecture and 1 laboratory)

Contact hours: {1 Lec + 3 Lab} Each 3 lab contact hours equivalent to one credit hours.

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Wafaa Mohamed Yousef

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level seven / 4thyear

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): Chromatographic Separation Chemistry (CHEM 493)

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): N/A

8. Location if not on main campus: NA

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: N/A

B. Objectives

100% √

Page 400:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this Course student will be:

- Taught the theoretical knowledge in sampling, sample preparation for different samples

- Given the classical analytical methods in the analysis of environmental or industrial or

natural or synthetic samples

- Given the instrumental analysis within environmental or industrial or natural or

synthetic applications

- Solve analytical problems in an independent way

- Acquire basic laboratory skills and techniques

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being

implemented. (e.g. increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as

a result of new research in the field)

16- Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture

course material.

17- The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students

enrolled in the course only.

18- Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings

19- Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

This course intends to outline preparation and treatments of samples to analysis and explain the application

of electroanalytical, spectrophotometric and chromatographic methods on environmental samples, industrial,

natural or synthetic samples and pharmaceutical preparations.

1. Topics to be Covered in lectures

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact Hours

1. Preparation and treatments of samples to analysis. 3 3

Page 401:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

2. Application of electroanalytical methods on trace analysis of

different samples (environmental or industrial or natural or

synthetic).

3 3

3. Application of spectrophotometric methods on different samples

(environmental or industrial or natural or synthetic).

3 3

4. Application of chromatographic methods on different samples

(environmental or industrial or natural or synthetic).

3 3

5. Some titermetric and gravimetric methods for determination of some

samples.

3 3

Total 15 15

2. Topics to be Covered in Laboratory

List of Topics No. of Weeks Contact Hours

43. Introduction. 1 3

44. Spectrophotometric Determination of Fe in Water Sample using

Standard Addition Method 1 3

45. Determination of Trace Metals (Fe, Ni, Cu, Cr and Zn) in

Environment Water Samples by Flame Atomic Absorption

Spectrometry (FAAS)

1 3

46. Determination of Cu, Ni and Zn in soil by ICP-OES 1 3

47. Determination of Pesticides (Organophosphate) in Soil Sample

using HPLC 1 3

48. Determination of Anions in Aqueous Samples using Ion

Chromatography 1 3

49. Determination of Hydrocarbons in a Sample by Gas

Chromatography (GC) 1 3

50. Determination of Organics in Ground Water using Gas

Chromatography / Mass Spectrometry 1 3

51. Determination of the Solubility Product Constant of AgCl 1 3

52. Determination of Cu, Pb and Cd in Water Sample by Differential

Pulse Anodic Stripping Voltammetry (DPASV) 1 3

53. Estimation of Ammonia in Water using Kjeldahl Method 1 3

Page 402:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

54. Determination of Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) 1 3

55. Analysis of Fluoride in Ground Water and Potable Water 1 3

56. Revision. 1 3

57. Final Lab Exam. 1 3

Total 15 45

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 15 - 45 - 30 60 90

Credit 1 - 1 - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align

with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods

that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcome, assessment

method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and

teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.)

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

By the end of this course the students will be able to

1.1 Describe the methods of preparation and

treatment for different samples to analysis

(environmental, industrial, natural or synthetic).

Lecture

Discussion

Major 1 & 2, quizzes and

final exam

1.2 Recognize different analytical methods Lecture Major 1 & 2, quizzes and

None

Page 403:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

(electroanalytical, spectrophotometric,

chromatographic, titermetric and gravimetric

methods) in the analysis of particular sample

environmental or industrial or natural or

synthetic.

Discussion final exam

2.0 Cognitive Skills

By the end of this course the students will be able to

2.1 Handle the samples by using different

analytical methods for analysis

Lecture

Discussion

brainstorming

Major 1 & 2, final exam

and exam lab

2.2 Analyze chemical data to identify and estimate

the analyte (qualitative and quantitative)

Lecture

Discussion

brainstorming

Major 1 & 2, quizzes and

final exam and exam lab

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

By the end of this course the students will be able to

3.1 Collaborate effectively with other people in a

team

lab demonstrations

small group work

Lab. reports

3.2 Select the most appropriate analytical tool for a

particular sample (environmental or industrial

or natural or synthetic)

Lecture

Discussion

brainstorming

Major 1 & 2, quizzes and

final exam and exam lab

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

By the end of this course the students will be able to

4.1 Interpret data derived from laboratory

observations and measurements in terms of

their significance and the theory underlying

them.

lab demonstrations

small group work

Lab. reports

5.0

Psychomotor

By the end of this course the students will be able to

5.1 Perform analysis in the lab on different

instruments

lab demonstrations

small group work

Lab. reports

Lab. exams

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program

LO #s across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.6 2.1 2.3 2.5 3.2 3.3 4.3 5.1 5.2

1.1

1.2 √

2.1 √

2.2 √ √

3.1 √

3.2 √

4.1 √

5.1 √ √

Page 404:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination, speech,

oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1 Lab report Lab report 10 %

2

Major exams I 7 th week 10%

3 Practical Lab1 exam 7 th week 10%

4 Major 2 examination 12 th week 10%

5 Final examination

LAB. Practical exam 15th week 15%

LECT.

(30% lecture + 15% Theoretical

lab exam)

scheduled

by the

registrar

45%

(30% Lect + 15% Lab)

6 Total - 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

e. Each teaching staff member is available 2 hours per week at his office.

f. Each student has an academic advisor who will act as a mentor, providing academic and career advice,

and general counseling.

E. Learning Resources

7. List Required Textbooks

- Introduction to Pharmaceutical Chemical Analysis, Steen Hansen, Stig Pedersen-

Bjergaard, Knut Rasmussen, ISBN: 978-0-470-66121-5, 512 pages, 2011

- Handbook of Pharmaceutical Analysis (Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Sciences), 2001,

by Lena A. Ohannesian, Anthony J. Streeter

- Pharmaceutical Drug Analysis : methodology - theory - instrumentation, pharmaceutical

assays - cognate assays, by Ashutosh Kar, New Delhi New Age International Publ. 2008

- Pharmaceutical Analysis (Sheffield Analytical Chemistry), David Lee and Michael Webb,

Blackwell; 1st edition (2003). ISBN-10: 0849328144, ISBN-13: 978-0849328145

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)

Journal of Environmental Management (http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/03014797)

Journal of Environmental Sciences (http://www.journals.elsevier.com/journal-of-environmental-

sciences/)

Journal of Food and Drug Analysis (http://www.journals.elsevier.com/journal-of-food-and-drug-

analysis/)

Journal of Food Composition and Analysis (http://www.journals.elsevier.com/journal-of-food-

Page 405:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

composition-and-analysis/)

PharmaceuticaAnalyticaActa (http://omicsonline.org/pharmaceutica-analytica-acta.php)

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)

- Food Analysis3nd Ed. by Suzane Nielsen. 2003. Prud university, westlafoyette, Indiana. An Aspen

publication, Gaithersburg, Maryland.

- Handbook of Pharmaceutical Analysis edited by Lena Ohannesian, Mcneil Consumer Healthcare

Company Fort Washington, Pennsylvania and Antony J. Streeter The R.W. Johnson Pharmaceutical

Research Institude, Spring House, Pennsylvania.

- Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewaterby American Public Health

Association (Author), AWWA (American Water Works Association) (Author), Water Environment

Federation (Author), E.W. Rice (Editor), R.B. Baird (Editor), A.D. Eaton (Editor), L. S.

Clesceri (Editor).ISBN-13: 978-0875530130

ISBN-10: 0875530133 Edition: 22nd

4. List Electronic Materials(eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)

http://pubs.acs.org/journal/ancham

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01659936

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01659936

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or

regulations and software.

1. Power point prepared by the course instructor

2. Materials available on the lecture's home page

3. Course material, homework, quizzes and notes will be posted on the black board that could be accessed by

the students enrolled in the course

4. Handout of Applied analytical chemistry

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

14- Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats).

15- Data show, computer and internet.

16- Chemical laboratory with at least 25 places.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

• Data show

• Smart Board

• Blackboard

• Multimedia associated with the text book and the relevant websites.

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

Lab. containing all the necessary chemicals, glassware and equipment to run all the experiments.

Page 406:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1..Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching

e. Discussion with students to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the

teaching process used during the course.

f. Confidential completion of course evaluation survey.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor

g. Comparing the course with the latest topics in the field.

h. Periodical evaluation of the course by the department.

i. Exchange of views between teachers of the same courses.

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching

4. The teaching of the course will be improved according to the results of course evaluation.

5. Workshop presented with experts on modern teaching methodologies.

3. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.

4 Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an

independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests

or a

sample of assignments with staff at another institution)

Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.

5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and

planning for

improvement.

• The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring

forms approved by the QU & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved

in the departmental and higher councils.

• The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course

(course report).

• The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the

proposed changes.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Wafaa Mohamed Yousef

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 407:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Research Project - CHEM 497

T6. Course Specifications

Page 408:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Course Specifications

Institution: University of Hail Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science/Chemistry

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Research project - CHEM 497

2. Credit hours: 3

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered:

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

Chemsitry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Dr. Hussein Elsagher

Dr. Safa A. Abdulwahab

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: 5th Level / 3rd year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): None

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): None

8. Location if not on main campus: N/A

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

100% √

Page 409:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

B. Objectives

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

By the end of this course the student should be:

- Taught the basic concepts of how to write the scientific report, and the main sections that must be

present.

- Given how to use the internet websites to carry out scientific research and collect research papers

related to define subject.

- Taught how to prepare a presentation to display his/her ideas, Also how to talk, slide show and

pronunciation of scientific terms in a proper way.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field)

- The contents of the course must be regularly updated through websites and electronic libraries

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

This course will be designed to enable students to understand the construction of scientific database,

literature survey and the main concepts of writing a scientific paper, moreover, it will allow students to

conduct scientific research. The student study an academic research methodology with the supervisor within

4-6 weeks 6 hours’ lecture/ week, then applies the scientific research methodology for preparing scientific

study under the supervision of a professor. Finally, the student introduces a final report written by a

scientific methodology and a presentation on the subject.

1. Topics to be Covered:

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Chapter 1:The writing process

1.1. The purpose of academic writing

1.2 Common types of academic writing

1.3The format of long and short writing tasks .

1.4 The features of academic writing

1 6

Chapter 2: Reading: finding suitable sources

2.1Reading methods

2.2Titles, sub-titles and text features

2.3Using library catalogues

2.4Using library websites to search electronic resources

1 6

Page 410:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Chapter 3: Finding key points and note-making

3.1 Note-making methods

3.2 Finding key points

3.3 Finding relevant points

3.4 Effective note-making

1 6

Chapter 4: Composing the Sections of a Research Paper

4.1. Abstract

4.2. Introduction

4.3. Materials and methods

4.4. Results and discussion

4.5. Summary

4.6 References

1 6

Chapter 5: Writing models

5.1. Paper

5.2. Report

5.3. essay

5.4. thesis

5.5. literature reviews

1 6

Chapter 6: Preparing a Manuscript for Submission

6.1. Choosing a Journal

6.2. A Final Rewrite

1 6

Students choose to work on individual theoretical research under direction of

a faculty member in chemistry or a related field and apply the previous items

in the research.

9 54

Total

15 90

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours - - 90 - 45 90 135

Credit - - 3 - - 3 5.4

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

None

Page 411:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge 1.1 Defines the components of the scientific report. Lectures, discussions Evaluation form for the

report (Attachment No. (1))

1.2 Prepare the references section of the report for

different types of scientific literature.

Lectures, discussions Evaluation form for the

report (Attachment No. (1))

1.3 Write the report correctly. Following up the student

while writing his/her

report

Evaluation form for the

report (Attachment No. (1))

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Summarize the main ideas of his/her specified

subject.

Following up the student

while writing his/her

report

Evaluation form for the

report (Attachment No. (1))

and oral exam.

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Demonstrate his/her project through the

presentation

Following up the student

while preparing his/her

presentation

Evaluation form for the

presentation (Attachment

No. (2)) and oral exam

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Communicate effectively both orally and in writing

with professionals and/or lay audience

Following up the student

during presentation

Evaluation form for the

report (Attachment No. (2))

and oral exam.

4.2 Collect scientific literature using different sources

hard or soft

Research activity

Following up the student

while collecting the

literature.

Evaluation form for the

references (Attachment No.

(1))

5.0

Psychomotor

NA

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s across

the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.3 1.6 2.6 3.1 4.2 4.4

1.1 √

1.2 √

1.3 √

2.1 √

3.1 √

4.1 √

4.2 √

Page 412:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment 1

Attendance of the student for lectures Weekly 5%

2

Report evaluation by supervisor 15 25%

3

Report evaluation by referees (attachment No. (1))

15 25%

4

Presentation evaluation (attachment No. (2))

15 25%

5 Oral exam.

15 20%

Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and

academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week.)

6 hours / week

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

Katz and Michael Jay, 2009. From Research to Manuscript, A Guide to Scientific Writing, ISBN 978-1-4020-

9467-5, pp181

The names of the scientific literature related to the research subject that is specified by the supervisor

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

Any recent research paper related to the chosen subject

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

The recent supervisor's research paper can be included and used as reference

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

None

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

None

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

- Create a library in the department and also to participate in the global electronic libraries to

Page 413:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

help both the student and the supervisor to conduct research topics modern.

- Computer laboratory connected to internet to carry out scientific research (About 30 seats)

well equipped for students.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

- Computer with Active Inspire software installed, Data show, Smart board and presenter Internet

connection

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

None

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:

- Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department:

- Filling student course evaluation questionnaire at the end of the course

- Analyzing the questionnaire by the Quality Committee in the department and giving feedback to the

instructor of the course and the department for further improvement actions.

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:

- Attending workshop concerning educational (pedagogic) methods.

- Attending teachers' meetings

- Discussion between the responsible of the course and the students

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

None

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning for

improvement.

(a) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed using measuring forms approved by

the QC & the department, and the changes to be taken are approved in the departmental and higher

councils.

(b) The improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course, which is reported to the

course instructor officially through the department.

(c) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed changes.

Page 414:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Hussein Elsagher Dr. Safa A. Abdulwahab

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 415:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Attachment No. (1)

EVALUATION OF GRADUATION PROJECT

Student Name: ……………………………………………..l

Student ID:…………………………………..

Semester\Year: :……………………………………..

No Evaluation item Assessment

1 Title (does it reflect the content of the manuscript)

(3 points)

2 Abstract or summary (Stands alone as a succinct

summary; concise and thorough)

(4 points)

3 Introduction & main part (Convincingly establishes

scientific motivation and is thoroughly researched)

(10 points)

4 Citations ( The citations within the body of the text are

appropriate, accurate, and comprehensive, are uniformly

formatted throughout the text, and are all included in an

uniform format in the References list)

(4 points)

5 Overall ( manuscript written in clear, and accurate

English)

(4 points)

total

/25

Comments

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Referee:

Page 416:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 415

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

عـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــيواال

Attachment No. (2)

Scientific Presentation Evaluation Form (CHEM 497)

Student Name: ……………………………ID:………………

Title: ………………………………………

Semester\year: ………………………………………

No. Scoring Criteria Points

1- The presentation contents are suitable to the Title of the subject.

/ 5

2- Presentation contains scientifically accurate material. / 5

3- Student's ability to clarify and explain the lecture. / 5

4- The language of the student and pronunciation of terminology / 5

5- Length of the presentation is within the assigned time requirement. / 5

Total score / 25

Department Members Evaluations Signature

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

جامعة حائل

ــــومكليــة العل

الكيمياء قسم

University of Hail

Faculty of Science

Chemistry Department

Page 417:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Drug Analysis - CHEM 498

T6. Course Specifications

Page 418:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Course Specifications

Institution: Hail University Date: 18/12/2016

College/Department: College of Science/Chemistry Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code : Drug Analysis - CHEM 498

2. Credit hours: 2 (two Credit hours) {2 Lec.} Contact hours: {2 Lec}.

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Chemistry

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Waed Alahmad

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: Level eight / 4 th year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any): N/A

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any): Chromatographic Separation Methods CHEM 493

8. Location if not on main campus: N/A

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: N/A

100% √

Page 419:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

B. Objectives 1. What is the main purpose for this course?

• Provide an overview of preparation and treatments of samples to analysis.

• Explain overall analytical processes.

• Select the appropriate analytical technique when presented with practical proplem.

• Apply different spectroscopic, electrochemical and chromatographic methods in

pharmaceutical analysis

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being

implemented. (e.g. increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as

a result of new research in the field)

• The course material was posted on the Web Course Tools (CT) that could be accessed by

the students enrolled in the course .

• The course material will be posted on the website that could be accessed by the students

enrolled in the course

• Electronic materials and computer based programs will be utilized to support the lecture

course material.

• Up-dating the course content according to the new research findings

• Giving tasks to enhance the student's generic skills.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

This course intends to outline preparation and treatments of samples to analysis and explain the application

of electroanalytical, spectrophotometric and chromatographic methods on environmental samples, industrial,

natural or synthetic samples and pharmaceutical preparations.

1. Topics to be Covered in lectures

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact Hours

Page 420:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

1. Analysis of real samples.

1.1. Real samples

1.2. choice of analytical method

1.3. accuracy in the analysis of complex material

2 4

2. Preparing samples for analysis.

2.1 preparing laboratory samples

2.2 moisture in samples

3 6

3. Decomposing and dissolving the sample.

3.1. sources of error in decomposition and dissolution

3.2. decomposing samples with inorganig acid in open vessels

3.3. microwave decomposition

3.4. combustion methods for decomposing organic samples

3.5. Decomposition of inorganig materials by fluxes

3 6

4. Selection methods of analysis. 1 2

5. Principles of pharmaceutical analysis with special reference

5.1. Acidimetric, Alkalimeter, Oxidation-reduction reactions,

Argentimetry

5.2. Nonaqueous titrations, Compleximetry

3 6

6. Chromatographic techniques. Basic principles, classification and

applications

6.1. Thin layer chromatography, Gas chromatography, Column

chromatography and HPLC, LC/MS.

6.2. Applications of these techniques in the qualitative and

quantitative analysis of selected drugs and drug metabolites

3 6

Total 15 30

Page 421:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 30 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods

and Teaching Strategy

In the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning

domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and

align with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate

assessment methods that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning

outcome, assessment method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an

integrated learning and teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes from

each domain.)

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge : By the end of this course the students will be able to

1.1

Recognize the basic and general concepts of

different spectroscopic analysis and

instruments used for drug analysis.

Lecture

Discussion

Major 1 & 2, quizzes and

final exam

1.2

Describe the general approach for

preparing, decomposing and dissolving

samples.

Lecture

Discussion.

Major 1 & 2, final exam

2.0 Cognitive Skills : By the end of this course the students will be able to

2.1 Calculate different problems belong to drug

analysis

Lecture,

Brainstorming

Discussion.

Major 1 & 2, quizzes and

final exam

2.2 Analyze different situations and problems

relevant to drug analysis

lecture

Brainstorming

Discussion

Major 1 & 2, quizzes and

final exam

None

Page 422:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility : By the end of this course the students will be able to

3.1 Select the appropriate analytical methods

used for drug analysis

Lecture

Brainstorming

Discussion

Major 1 & 2, quizzes and

final exam

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

By the end of this course the students will be able to

4.1 Research on different topics in many

websites of drug analysis

Research activity

Individual and group

Research assessment

5.0 Psychomotor N/A

5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project,

examination, speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of

Total Assessment

13. Class activities (in class quizzes, homework, group

report)

Regularly 10%

14. Major I exams 7th 20%

15. Major II exams 12th 20%

16. Final exam 15th week

scheduled by the

registrar

50%

Total 100%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.3 1.6 1.7 2.3 2.5 3.3 4.1 4.2

1.1 √ √

1.2 √

2.1 √

2.2 √

3.1 √

4.1 √ √

Page 423:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations

and academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each

week.)

• Each faculty is required to be available in his office to devote at least 2 hrs/week for students’

consultation and academic advice.

• Teaching assistance taking the tutorial is required to devote 2hrs/week for helping the students

E. Learning Resources

8. List Required Textbooks

a) Introduction to Pharmaceutical Chemical Analysis, Steen Hansen, Stig Pedersen-

Bjergaard, Knut Rasmussen, ISBN: 978-0-470-66121-5, 512 pages, 2011

b) Handbook of Pharmaceutical Analysis (Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Sciences), 2001,

by Lena A. Ohannesian, Anthony J. Streeter

c) Pharmaceutical Drug Analysis : methodology - theory - instrumentation, pharmaceutical

assays - cognate assays, by Ashutosh Kar, New Delhi New Age International Publ. 2008

d) Pharmaceutical Analysis (Sheffield Analytical Chemistry), David Lee and Michael Webb,

Blackwell; 1st edition (2003). ISBN-10: 0849328144, ISBN-13: 978-0849328145

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)

1. http://ull.chemistry.uakron.edu/analytical/

2. http://www.anachem.umu.se/jumpstation.htm

3. http://www.statsoft.com/textbook/stathome.html

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)

a) Chemical Analysis: Modern Instrumentation Methods and Techniques, 2nd ed (2007) by

Francis and Annick Rouessac, Publisher: Wiley; ISBN: 0470859032

b) Chemical Analysis: Modern Instrumentation methods and Techniques, F. Rouessac and A.

Rouessac, Wiley, 2000.

4. List Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)

http://pubs.acs.org/journal/ancham

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01659936

Page 424:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/journal/01659936

http://www.odu.edu/sci/xu/chem321/chem321.htm

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or

regulations and software.

16- Power point prepared by the course instructor.

17- Materials available on the lecture's home page

18- Instrumental analysis software,( CD of the text book).

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of

seats in classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

17- Classrooms with enough seats (25 seats).

18- Data show, computer and internet.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

• Data show

• Smart Board

• Blackboard

• Multimedia associated with the text book and the relevant websites.

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or

attach list):

Lab. containing all the necessary chemicals, glassware and equipment to run all the experiments.

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching

g) Discussion with Student to improve and know the advantages and disadvantages of the teaching

process that used for course.

h) Confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire

9. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor

Page 425:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

m. Updating for the course and reading recent researches in the field.

n. Peer consultation on teaching

o. Departmental council discussions

p. Discussions within the group of faculty teaching the course.

10. Processes for Improvement of Teaching

m) Subscribe in global magazines and journals.

n) Conducting workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.

o) Periodical departmental revisions of its methods of teaching.

p) Encouragement of faculty members to attend professional development conferences

11. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an

independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and

remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)

Check marking of exam papers by another faculty member from the same department.

12. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and

planning for improvement.

m) Improvement of the course is made according to the evaluation of the course (course report)

n) The course material and learning outcomes are periodically reviewed and the changes to be

taken are approved in the departmental and higher councils.

o) The head of department and faculty take the responsibility of implementing the proposed

Changes.

p) Have a curriculum review committee to review the curriculum periodically and suggest

Improved

Name of Course Instructor: Dr. Waed Alahmad

Signature: ________________________ Report Completion Date: _________________

Program Coordinator: Dr. Hatem A. Mahmoud

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: ___________________

Page 426:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

General Physics for Scientist - PHYS 201

T6. Course Specifications

Page 427:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Course Specifications

Institution University of Hail Date of Report: 24/10/2016

College of Science/ Physics Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code:

General Physics for Scientist, Phys 201

2. Credit hours: 2

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered: Bachelor of Science (Chemistry).

(If it is a general elective that is available in many programs, indicate this rather than listing the programs.)

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:

Dr Abdallah belal adam (coordinator)

Dr. Fawzy Ragab

Dr Mohamed Gandouzi

Dr Abdelwahab Hessuin

Dr Ziaul Raza Khan

Dr Elsaffah Elawad

Dr. Mirham Barakat

5. Level/year at which this course is offered: First year

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any) Phys 101.

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any) None.

8. Location if not on main campus:

Faculty of science (Male) and Aja (Female) campus.

9. Mode of Instruction (tick () the appropriate box):

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. E-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments:

√ 100

Page 428:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

B. Objectives

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

The main purpose of this course is to introduce to the third level students in science the basic laws and

concepts of electricity, magnetism, electromagnetic waves, energy transport, Pointing vector, radiation

pressure, polarization, reflection and refraction.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented. (e.g.

increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as a result of new research in the

field) First: The course's topics were reviewed and became more comprehensive than before. Second: the contents of the course will be evaluated and improved every four years. Third: Some course materials are available on the web and students can benefit from them online.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of Weeks Contact

Hours Ch.26 Current and ResistanceI: 26-2 Electric current, 26-3 Current density, 26-4 Resistance and resistivity, 26-5 Ohm’s law, 26-7 Power in electric circuits, 26-8 Semiconductors 26-9 Superconductors.

3

6

Ch.27 Circuit: 27-2 Pumping charges, 27-3 Work, energy and emf, 27-4 Calculating the current in a single-Loop circuit, 27-6 Potential difference, 27-7 M-loop circuits, 27-8 The Ammeter and voltmeter, 27-9 RC circuits.

3 6

Page 429:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Ch.28 Magnetic fields: 28-3 Magnetic Field, 28-6 Circulating charge particle, 28-7 Cyclotron, 28-8 Magnetic force in a current carrying wire, 28-9 Torque in a current loop , 28-10 The magnetic dipole moment.

2

4

Ch.33 Electromagnetic waves: 33-2 Maxwell Rainbow, 33-3 The travelling electromagnetic waves, 33-5 Energy transport and Poynting vector, 33-6 Radiation pressure, 33-7 Polarization, 33-8 Reflection and refraction.

3

6

Ch.34 Images: 34-2 Images, 34-3 Plane mirror, 34-4 Spherical mirror, 34-6 Spherical reflecting surfaces, 34-7 Thin lenses 34-8 Optical instruments.

3

6

General revision 1 2

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 2 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week:

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment Methods and

Teaching Strategy

Course Learning Outcomes, Assessment Methods, and Teaching Strategy work together and are aligned. They are

joined together as one, coherent, unity that collectively articulate a consistent agreement between student learning,

assessment, and teaching.

none

Page 430:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

The National Qualification Framework provides five learning domains. Course learning outcomes are required.

Normally a course should not exceed eight learning outcomes which align with one or more of the five learning

domains. Some courses have one or more program learning outcomes integrated into the course learning outcomes to

demonstrate program learning outcome alignment. The program learning outcome matrix map identifies which

program learning outcomes are incorporated into specific courses.

On the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate learning domains (see

suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that fit and align with the assessment

methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate assessment methods that accurately measure and

evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning outcomes, assessment method, and teaching strategy ought to

reasonably fit and flow together as an integrated learning and teaching process. Fourth, if any program learning

outcomes are included in the course learning outcomes, place the @ symbol next to it.

Every course is not required to include learning outcomes from each domain.

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0

Knowledge

1.1 Recognize the basic laws of physics in

electricity, magnetism, electromagnetic waves,

energy transport, Poynting vector, radiation

pressure, polarization, reflection and

refraction.

Class lectures Final exam, major exams,

Quizzes.

1.2 Recognize Ohm’s law, Kirchhoff, law,

reflection, refraction, polarization , energy and

Poynting vector.

Class lectures Final exam, major exams,

Quizzes.

1.3 Recognize Current and current density,

resistance, resistivity, electric field, magnetic

fields. Emf, semiconductors and

superconductors.

Class lectures Final exam, major exams,

Quizzes.

2.0

Cognitive Skills

2.1 Solve problems and Develop lines of argument

and appropriate judgments in accordance with

basic scientific concepts.

Class lectures Final exam, major exams,

Quizzes..

3.0

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Collaborate and Acquire independent learning

and continuous development on the personal

During Class lectures. Discussion.

Page 431:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

and professional level

4.0

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Demonstrate information and communication

technology efficiently

Discussion on the

lectures.

Evaluation.

5.0

Psychomotor (for practical course)

5.1 Not Applicable

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.5 2.5 3.2 4.1

1.1 √

1.2 √

1.3 √

2.1 √

3.1 √

4.1 √

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due

Proportion of Total

Assessment

1 Quiz 1 3rd week 5

2 Major Exam 1 5th week 10

3 Quiz 2 8th week 5

4 Major Exam 2 10th week 15

5 Quiz 3 (optional) 14th week

6 Final Exam 16th week 55

7 Attendance and class participation All weeks 10

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1- Solution of homework problems (by a faculty member)

2- Office hours, 10 hours/week

In general Instructors are available daily and not less than 5 office hours per week.

Students can communicate with instructor via e-mail. In general Instructors are available daily and not

less than 5 office hours per week.

Students can communicate with instructor via e-mail.

Page 432:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

E. Learning Resources

1. List Required Textbooks:

1- "Fundamentals of Physics", by Halliday, Resnick and Walker, 8th edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc

(2008).

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

Lecture notes and tutorials.

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc):

• Giancoli D.C., Physics for Scientist & Engineers, 3rd. Ed., 1999, Prentice Hall

• Cutnell & Johnson, Physics, 4th Ed. 1998, John Wiley

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc:

The web site related to the text books.

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of seats in

classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.):

1- Lecture room of a minimum of 30 seats

2- Smart board

3- Internet connections (LAN connection).

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.):

1- Computer laboratory of a basic of 20 PCs.

2- Internet connection in the lab available to students.

.

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or attach list):

Videos on selective topics of Physics.

G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes

1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching

Students survey at the end of the classes.

2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor

Instructors' reports and feedbacks in each semester.

Page 433:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching

Benefit from instructors' reports and feedbacks and Students survey to develop teaching strategies.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent

member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of

assignments with staff at another institution)

Feedback from students each term with annual revision for contents, teaching strategies and assessment methods of

the course.

Name of Course Instructor: Dr Abdallah Belal Adam

Signature: ________ Report Completion Date: 24/01/2016

Program Coordinator:______________________________________________________

Signature: ________________________ Date Received: __________________________

Page 434:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Attachment 2 (e)

Course Specifications

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment

Mathematics for Chemistry – MATH 200

T6. Course Specifications

Page 435:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Course Specifications

Institution University of Hail Date 23/11/2016

College/Department Collage of Science/ Mathematics Department

A. Course Identification and General Information

1. Course title and code: Mathematics for Chemistry – MATH 200

2. Credit hours 2

3. Program(s) in which the course is offered.

(If general elective available in many programs indicate this rather than list programs)

Bachelor Degree Chemistry

4. Name of faculty member responsible for the course:- Mr. Tariq Alshammari

5. Level/year at which this course is offered The Third Level Years

6. Pre-requisites for this course (if any) Math 101

7. Co-requisites for this course (if any) None

8. Location if not on main campus None

9. Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)

a. Traditional classroom What percentage?

b. Blended (traditional and online) What percentage?

c. e-learning What percentage?

d. Correspondence What percentage?

f. Other What percentage?

Comments: N/A

100

Page 436:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

B Objectives

1. What is the main purpose for this course?

- To learn the Cartesian coordinates, plane polar coordinates, spherical coordinates.

- To learn the general properties of logarithms, common logarithms, natural

logarithms.

- To learn the limits and continuity, derivatives and integration.

- To know matrices and determinants, inverse of a matrix and solution of system of

linear equation.

- To learn the differential equation and their solutions.

2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being

implemented. (e.g. increased use of IT or web based reference material, changes in content as

a result of new research in the field)

According the different evaluation it will be improve the course.

C. Course Description (Note: General description in the form used in Bulletin or handbook)

Course Description:

The course contain the main subjects and skills for studying chemistry.

1. Topics to be Covered

List of Topics No. of

Weeks

Contact hours

Coordinate system. Cartesian coordinates, plane polar coordinates,

spherical coordinates. 1 2

Logarithms. General properties of logarithms, common logarithms,

natural logarithm. 1 2

Solving logarithmic equation. 1 2 Matrixes and determinants. Introduction, square matrix and determinant. 1 2 Matrix algebra, inverse of a matrix. 1 2 Solution of system of linear equation. 1 2 Infinite series, test for convergence and divergence, power series. 1 2 Maclaurin and Taylor series. 1 2

Differential calculus. Introduction, limits. 1 2

Derivatives. 1 2

Integrals calculus. Introduction, integrals and ant derivatives, general

methods of integration, special methods of integration. 1 2

Page 437:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

Double integrals, triple integrals. 1 2

Differential equation. Introduction, first order differential equation. 1 2

Separable and linear Differential equations. 1 2

Exact differential equation, integration factors. 1 2

2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):

Lecture

Tutorial Laboratory

or Studio

Practical

Other

(self- study)

Total

KSA* ECTS

Contact

Hours 2 - - 60 30 90

Credit 2 - - - 2 3.6

*Self-study is not included

3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week.

4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with Assessment

Methods and Teaching Strategy

On the table below are the five NQF Learning Domains, numbered in the left column.

First, insert the suitable and measurable course learning outcomes required in the appropriate

learning domains (see suggestions below the table). Second, insert supporting teaching strategies that

fit and align with the assessment methods and intended learning outcomes. Third, insert appropriate

assessment methods that accurately measure and evaluate the learning outcome. Each course learning

outcomes, assessment method, and teaching strategy ought to reasonably fit and flow together as an

integrated learning and teaching process. (Courses are not required to include learning outcomes

from each domain.)

Code

#

NQF Learning Domains

And Course Learning

Outcomes

Course Teaching

Strategies

Course Assessment

Methods

1.0 Knowledge

1.1 Define the fundamental concepts

of mathematics. Giving several examples that explain the theory and techniques.

Final exam, major

exams and quizzes.

1.2 Recognize the significance of

Mathematics.

Giving several examples that explain the theory and techniques.

Final exam, major

exams and quizzes.

1.3 Write mathematical principles

accurately Giving several examples that Final exam, major

none

Page 438:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

5. Map course LOs with the program LOs. (Place course LO#s in the left column and program LO #s

across the top.)

Course

LOs #

Program Learning Outcomes

(Use Program LO Code #s provided in the Program Specifications)

1.5 2.5 3.1 4.1

1.1 √

1.2 √

1.3 √

2.1 √

2.2 √

3.1 √

4.1 √

6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

Assessment task (e.g. essay, test, group project, examination,

speech, oral presentation, etc.)

Week Due Proportion of Total

Assessment

1

Major Exam I 6th 20%

2

Major Exam II 11th 20%

3 Class activities, Quizzes , Group project and / or homework's 4th ,8th

and / or 10%

explain the theory and techniques. exams and quizzes. 2.0 Cognitive Skills

2.1 Calculate the mathematical

problems accurately Lecturer, Dissection, and Inquiry on most days during the course and brainstorming.

Final exam, major

exams and quizzes.

2.2 Explain the rationale for using a

certain method Giving several examples that explain the theory and techniques.

Final exam, major

exams and quizzes.

3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility

3.1 Illustrate how to take up

responsibility. Small group work Homework

assignments.

4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

4.1 Online researching for

mathematical tools used for typical problems encountered in

quantitative topics.

Online Research Group report.

5.0 Psychomotor

NA

Page 439:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

12th

4 Final Exam 16th 50%

D. Student Academic Counseling and Support

1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations

and academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each

week)

6 Office Hours

E-Learning Resources 1. List Required Textbooks:

1- Applied Mathematics for Physical Chemistry, James R Barrante, 3rd Ed.

2- University Calculus, Hass, Weir and Thomas, 2nd Edition.

3- Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin Cryzeg, 10th Ed.

2. List Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.):

None

3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc.):

None

4. List Electronic Materials, Websites, Facebook, Twitter, etc.:

1- List E-Materials (e.g. Web site, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.).

2- Other learning materials such as computer-based programs/CD, professional standards or regulations

and software.

5. Other learning material such as computer-based programs/CD, software and professional standards or

regulations:

None

F. Facilities Required

Indicate requirements for the course including size of classrooms and laboratories (i.e. number of

seats in classrooms and laboratories, extent of computer access etc.)

1. Accommodation (Classrooms, laboratories, demonstration rooms/labs, etc.)

Lecture room with at least 30 seats.

2. Computing resources (AV, data show, Smart Board, software, etc.)

Data show or Smart Board

Page 440:  · 2018-04-23 · Handbook of Courses Specifications Page 2 Contents General Chemistry I - CHEM 101

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

National Commission for Academic

Accreditation & Assessment

المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة

مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ

واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي

3. Other resources (specify, e.g. if specific laboratory equipment is required, list requirements or

attach list) None

G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching

Course evaluation forms are filled by all students as applied questionnaire

Student's solutions of different exams.

2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Instructor or by the Department

* Discussions with the faculty members who taught the course before.

** Periodic self- assessment of the course *** Course evaluation forms are filled by instructors

3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching

* Searching through the internet to have the most up-to-date information and methods of

teaching developed by experts teaching and learning methodologies.

** Use social media (quantum group) and blackboard (Bb) effectively

*** Small student's reports or quantum topic missions.

4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an

independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic exchange and remarking

of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)

Auditing answer sheets accurately with other colleagues

5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and planning

for improvement. The course material and learning outcomes are reviewed by the coordinator who course responsible

with department reviewing committee. The course content and teaching methodologies are improved

within students and stuff applied questionnaire, course report action plan and internal / external

efficiency exams. All course file items revised periodically during the semester.

Name of Instructor:

Signature: __________________________ Date Report Completed: 23/11/2016

Name of Course Instructor ____________________________________

Program Coordinator: ___________Dr. Ahmed Metwally Mosallem________________________

Signature: __________________________ Date Received: ___________________